Invented for life

Equipment forHigh Performance Vehicles
Edition 2023

Bosch Motorsport

Contacts
EuropeBosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Tel. +49 7062 911 9101
Fax +49 7062 911 79104
motorsport@bosch.com
United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd
Motorsport
Units 5 & 6 NW03
MIRA Technology Park
Mira Drive
Nuneaton CV13 6DE
United Kingdom
motorsport@uk.bosch.com
FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F - 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FranceTel. +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax +33 1 40 10 76 88
Motorsport.France@fr.bosch.com

North America
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsport
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Fax +1 248 876 7373
BoschMotorsport@us.bosch.com
Australia, New Zealand and South Africa
Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
Motorsport
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 (3) 9541 3901
motor.sport@au.bosch.com
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
Fax +81 45 650 5611
Teammailbox.Begjmsd@jp.bosch.com
For more and latest information, please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2022
Modifications reserved.
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads is prohibited. Please use our products exclusively
on closed-course racetracks.

Control1

Displays

2Electronics

3

Fuel & Spark4

Actuators

5

Sensors

6

Brake

7

Software

8

More

9

Appendix10

Table of Contents | 7

Control

11

Test System

128

Engine Control Units Gasoline

12µLC Test System

128

Engine Control Unit MS 6 CUP EVO

13Expansion Board CAN-FD

130

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 EVO

18Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 EVO

24Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 EVO

29

Expansion Board Current Loop Interface
131
Expansion Board Digital Multichannel Poten132
tiometer
Expansion Board Digital Outputs
134

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 EVO

35

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P EVO

40Engine Control Unit MS 7.4

46

Engine Control Unit MS 7.8

49

Engine Control Unit Diesel

52

Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport

52

Vehicle Control Units

54

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4

55

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4P incl. CCA

59

Displays
Displays

Fuel & Spark

135

Diesel System Components

136

Diesel System Components

136

Fuel Pressure Regulators

137

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

138

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

140

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

143

FPR Adaptor light

145

Fuel Pumps

146

63

Fuel Pump FP 165

147

64

Fuel Pump FP 200-7

149

65

Fuel Pump FP 200-E

151

Display DDU 11

69

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

153

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

155

Electronics

73

CAN Keypad

74

Ignition Coils

157

CAN Keypad CK-M12

74

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

158

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

160

Collision Avoidance Systems

78

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

162

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light79

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

164

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO

82

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

166

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

168

Data Loggers

87

Ignition Coil P65

171

Data Logger C 70

88

Ignition Coil P65-T

173

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

92

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

176

USB_DATA

96

Ignition Coil P65-WG

179

Injection Power Stages

98

Ignition Coil P65-WS

182

Injection Power Stage HPI 5

99

Ignition Coil PS-T

185

Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C

100

Ignition Modules

187

Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C

102

Ignition Module IM 3.2

188

Power Boxes

105

Ignition Module IM 4

190

PowerBox PBX 90

106

Injection Valves

192

PowerBox PBX 190

110

Injection Valve EV 14

193

Sensor Interfaces

114

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

198

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

115

Lambdatronic LT4

119

Actuators

201

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

121

Electronic Throttle Body

202

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

124

Electronic Throttle Body

202

Telemetry System

127

Wiper Motor

205

RaceConnect

127

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

205

Display DDU 10

8 | Table of Contents

Sensors

209

Vehicle Dynamics

294

Air Pressure

210

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

295

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

211

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

298

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

213

Acceleration Sensor MM7.10

300

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

215

Brake

303

Fluid Pressure

217

Antilock Braking Systems ABS

304

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

218

ABS M5 Kit

305

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

220

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

308

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

222

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup

310

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

224

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R

226

Electronic Brake System EBS

312Electronic Brake System EBS

312

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140/260/420/600 228
Knock

230

Software315

Knock Sensor KS4-P

231

Analysis316

Knock Sensor KS4-R

233

Analysis Tool WinDarab V7

316

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

235

API

318

COM-API for WinDarab Expert

318

System Configuration

319

System Configuration Tool RaceCon

319

Customer Code Area320

CCA Development Environment

320

Lambda237

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

238

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo241

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

244

Pressure & Temperature

247

Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT

248

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1/PST 3

250

Scrutineering

321

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4

253

Scrutineering Configurator and Tool

321

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar

255

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar

257

Simulation

322

Simulation Tool LapSim

322

Simulation Packages

324

More

325

Breakout Boxes

326

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

327

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

328

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

329

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90

330

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

331

Communication Interface

332

Com Interface MSA-Box II

332

Connector Opening Tool333

Connector Opening Tool for AS series

333

Rotary Position

259

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

259

Speed

261

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90

262

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di

265

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-M

269

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

271

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P

273

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P sealed

277

Steering Wheel Angle

279

Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS

279

Temperature

281

Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS

282

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS

284

Connectors

334

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS

286

Connectors

334

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

288

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H

290

Wiring Harnesses

335

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L

292

Customized Wiring Harnesses

335

Appendix

337

General Information

338

General Information

338

Table of Contents | 9

Vibration Profiles

339

Vibration Profile 1

339

Vibration Profile 2

340

Vibration Profile 3341

Vibration Profile 4342

Vibration Profile Shock343

10 | Table of Contents

Control1

Engine Control Units Gasoline

12

Engine Control Unit Diesel

52

Vehicle Control Units54

12 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Overview

Engine Control Unit MS 6
CUP EVOEngine Control Unit MS 6.1
EVO

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
EVO

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
EVO• Delivery for OEM with project-specific program status• HP package for 4-cylinder engines• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 8 GB memory• SENT sensor support• Optimized for low-pressure
injection• Measurement with 21 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT sensor support• Optimized for low-pressure
injection• Measurement with 38 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT sensor support• Optimized for low- and highpressure injection• Measurement with 21 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT sensor support

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
EVO

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P Engine Control Unit MS 7.4
EVO

Engine Control Unit MS 7.8• Optimized for low- and highpressure injection• Measurement with 38 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT sensor support• 866 MHz Dual Core Processor for projects with highperformance demand• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 16 GB upgrade• SENT sensor support• Optimized for low- and highpressure injection• 5 CAN, 3 of them CAN-FD
capable• 4 x 8.5 A H-Bridge• Gearbox control optionally included• SENT sensor support• Optimized for low- and highpressure injection• Data logger included• Gearbox control optionally included• Gigabit data interface

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 13

Engine Control Unit MS 6 CUP
EVO• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 1 electronic throttle control
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger Partition 1• 4 GB memory• 100 free configurable channels, 20 Hz

FeaturesInternal logger Partition 2• 4 GB memory• 200 free configurable channels, 50 Hz

 Delivery for OEM with project-specific program
status

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s

 HP package for 4-cylinder engines

Logger Options

 Supports Customer Code Area CCA

Technical Specifications

 8 GB memory

Mechanical Data

 SENT sensor support

Aluminum housing

The MS 6 CUP EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 4 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6 CUP EVO
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
Application
High pressure injection• Max. 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm

See Upgrades

2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs26 analog inputs
4 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
5 x no integrated pull-up

Low pressure injection• Max. 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm

3 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated pull-up

Ignition• 4 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier

4 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl

10 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 6-axis
2 x ECU temperature1

14 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

12 x ECU voltage
4 function related inputs
1 x Thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensor (K-type)

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

1 x Lambda interface for LSU 4.9 sensor typeNorms

2 x Knock sensors

Product Safety

18 digital inputs
1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement
2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection
4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed
2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed
measurement

EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020
Materials
REACH - Nr. 1907/2006
EMC
UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020
KN41
ISO11452-2

1 x digital switch Engine ON/OFF

ISO11452-4

8 x digital, e.g. SENTISO10605

Sensor supplies and screens4 x sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 x sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 x sensor grounds
2 x sensor screens
Outputs
15 function related outputs
High Pressure Injection
4 x controls, magnetic injectors
1 x high pressure pump with MSV control
Low Pressure Injection
4 x controls, high impedance injectors
Ignition
4 x controls, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier

ISO7637-2
ISO7367-3
ISO16750-2
US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B
ICES-003
Testing
SAEJ1211
Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT

1 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle

1 RS232

1 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

13 freely configurable outputs
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge
1 x 4 A pwm lowside switch
2 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
5 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
3 x 1 A pwm lowside switch
3 outputs signals

3 Communication screens
Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel

Legal Restrictions

1 x trigger wheel

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 15

UpgradesHardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2• Cam-only-synchronisation, engine run without crank sensor signal (specific cam trigger wheel needed)
Innovation Package Project
Innovation Package Project has the same content as Innovation License Device, but license is valid for the whole project instead of asingle device
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6 CUP EVO
Order number F02U.V03.111-01

Extension for Partition 2• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code

Software Options

USB_DATAFULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked

Gear Control
Order number on request

Gear Control

CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01

Project individual option

Accessories

Innovation License Device

USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Activation of a set of additional functions for a single device:• Crank rotation direction detection (using sensor DG23i)• Using a 2nd crank backup sensor• Crank-Pre-set, quick start based on previous crank stop position• Far-Bank, 2nd injector per cylinder possible

Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

16 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 171

18 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 EVO• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for electronic throttle control
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control

Optional, see Upgrades

Variable Valve Timing VVT

Optional, see Upgrades

Turbo control

Optional, see Upgrades

Traction control

Optional, see Upgrades

Launch control

Optional, see Upgrades

LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz

Features

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s

 Optimized for low-pressure injection

Logger Options

 Measurement with 21 analog inputs

Technical Specifications

 Supports Customer Code Area CCA

Mechanical Data

 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade

Aluminum housing SENT sensor support
The MS 6.1 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.1 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control

See Upgrades

2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs21 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
3 x no integrated pull-up
3 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
4 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
5 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 6-axis
2 x ECU temperature
2 x ECU voltage
8 function related inputs
1 x Thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 19

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types
1 x Lap trigger/beacon input
4 x Knock sensors

EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020
Materials
REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

18 digital inputs

EMC

1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement
2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection
4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020
KN41
ISO11452-2
ISO11452-4

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

ISO10605

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

ISO7367-3

8 x digital, e.g. SENTISO16750-2

ISO7637-2

Sensor supplies and screens

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

ICES-003

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

Testing

7 x sensor grounds

SAEJ12112 x sensor screens

Communication

Outputs
28 function related outputs

2 Ethernet

Low Pressure Injection

3 CAN

12 x 2.2 A controls, high impedance injectors

1 LIN
1 USB

Ignition
12 x control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier

8 SENT2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle

1 RS232

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens

19 freely configurable outputs
Installation Notes

1 x 8.5 A H-bridge
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

3 output signals
1 x engine rpm

Application
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries, Selectablelinks between functions and in- or outputs

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

Function documentation
Automatically created during code generation
MatLab code generation
Support for customer own MatLab function development

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

Norms
Product Safety

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

1

20 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

UpgradesEngine Function Package 1• Electronic Throttle Control• VVT• Turbo Control
Engine Function Package 2• Traction Control• Launch Control
Measurement Package
17 Additional analogue inputs• 7 x no integrated pull-up• 1 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up• 1 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up• 8 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
Extension of the use of 8 digital channels as analogue / digital inputs (shared)
1 Additional function related inputs• 1 x Thermocouple K-type
Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA• Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive
only• Adapter cable to PC USB-Port• Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
• SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1• Launch Time

•
•
•
•

Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)
•
•
•
•
•
•

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control
Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control

Innovation License Device
Activation of a set of additional functions for a single device:• Crank rotation direction detection (using sensor DG23i)• Using a 2nd crank backup sensor• Crank-Preset, quick start based on previous crank stop position• Far-Bank, 2nd injector per cylinder possible• Cam-only-synchronisation, engine run without crank sensor signal (specific cam trigger wheel needed)
Innovation Package Project
Innovation Package Project has the same content as Innovation License Device, but license is valid for the whole project instead of asingle device

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 21

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.113-01
Software Options
Engine Function Package 1
Order number F02U.V02.001-01
Engine Function Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.002-01
Measurement Package
Order number F02U.V02.000-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

22 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 231

24 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 EVO• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz

Features

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s

 Optimized for low-pressure injection

Logger Options

 Measurement with 38 analog inputs

Technical Specifications

 Supports Customer Code Area CCA

Mechanical Data

 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade

Aluminum housing SENT sensor support
The MS 6.2 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.2 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control

See Upgrades

2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs38 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
10 x no integrated pull-up
4 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
5 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
13 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
8 analog/digital inputs (shared)
8 x option for angle synchronous measurement / digital (e.g.
SENT)
6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 6-axis
2 x ECU temperature

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 25

Norms

2 x ECU voltage

Product Safety

9 function related inputs
2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

Materials

1 x lap trigger/beacon input

REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

4 x knock sensors

EMC
UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020

10 digital inputs
1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement

KN41

2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection

ISO11452-4

4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

ISO10605

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

ISO7367-3

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF
Sensor supplies and screens

ISO11452-2

ISO7637-2
ISO16750-2
US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B
ICES-003

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA
3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

Testing
SAEJ1211

7 x sensor grounds
2 x sensor screens

Communication

Outputs

2 Ethernet

28 function related outputs

3 CAN

Low Pressure Injection

1 LIN

12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition

1 USB
8 SENT

12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens
Installation Notes

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch
3 output signals

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Application
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries, Selectablelinks between functions and in- or outputs

1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

Function documentation
Automatically created during code generation
MatLab code generation
Support for customer own MatLab function development1

26 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
UpgradesHardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2

Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control
Innovation License Device
Activation of a set of additional functions for a single device:• Crank rotation direction detection (using sensor DG23i)• Using a 2nd crank backup sensor• Crank-Pre-set, quick start based on previous crank stop position• Far-Bank, 2nd injector per cylinder possible• Cam-only-synchronisation, engine run without crank sensor signal (specific cam trigger wheel needed)
Innovation Package Project
Innovation Package Project has the same content as Innovation License Device, but license is valid for the whole project instead of asingle device
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.115-01
Software Options
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01

Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality

Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01

SW Package MS 6 Drag 1

Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01

Launch Timer
Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls

Accessories

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control

Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 27

Dimensions1

28 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 29

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 EVO• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support

Features Optimized for low- and high-pressure injection
 Measurement with 21 analog inputs
 Supports Customer Code Area CCA
 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade SENT sensor support
The MS 6.3 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.3 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz
Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data

Application

Power supply

6 to 18 V

High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for the use of:• 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types and pressure ranges)

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application

Inputs21 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
3 x no integrated pull-up
3 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
4 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
5 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure1

30 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

1 x acceleration 6-axis

Software Tools (free download)

2 x ECU temperature

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

2 x ECU voltage

System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

8 function related inputs

Mating Connectors (not included)

1 x Thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

1 x Lap trigger/beacon input

Norms

4 x Knock sensors

Product Safety

18 digital inputs
1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement

EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020
Materials
REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection
4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

EMC

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

KN41

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

ISO11452-4

8 x digital, e.g. SENTISO10605

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020
ISO11452-2

Sensor supplies and screens

ISO7637-2

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

ISO7367-3

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

ISO16750-2

7 x sensor grounds

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B

2 x sensor screens

ICES-003

Outputs

Testing

38 function related outputs

SAEJ1211

High Pressure Injection
2 x high pressure pump with MSV control
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater
19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens
Installation Notes

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch
3 output signals
1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 31

Legal Restrictions

SW Package MS 6 Drag 1

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

•
•
•
•
•

UpgradesHigh Pressure Injection Package
HP package for flat and V-engines (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8,
external cylinder 9-12)
Measurement Package
17 Additional analogue inputs• 7 x no integrated pull-up• 1 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up• 1 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up• 8 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
Extension of the use of 8 digital channels as analogue / digital inputs (shared)
1 Additional function related inputs• 1 x Thermocouple K-type
Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA• Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive
only• Adapter cable to PC USB-Port• Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
• SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality

Launch Timer
Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)
•
•
•
•
•
•

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control
Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control

Innovation License Device
Activation of a set of additional functions for a single device:• Crank rotation direction detection (using sensor DG23i)• Using a 2nd crank backup sensor• Crank-Pre-set, quick start based on previous crank stop position• Far-Bank, 2nd injector per cylinder possible• Cam-only-synchronisation, engine run without crank sensor signal (specific cam trigger wheel needed)
Innovation Package Project
Innovation Package Project has the same content as Innovation License Device, but license is valid for the whole project instead of asingle device1

32 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.110-01
Software Options
High Pressure Injection Package
Order number F02U.V01.999-01
Measurement Package
Order number F02U.V02.000-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 33

Dimensions1

34 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 35

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 EVO• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control

Features Optimized for low- and high-pressure injection
 Measurement with 38 analog inputs
 Supports Customer Code Area CCA
 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade SENT sensor support
The MS 6.4 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.4 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for the use of:• 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types and pressure ranges)
HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz
Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs38 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
10 x no integrated pull-up

Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition

4 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
5 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
13 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up

1

36 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

8 analog/digital inputs (shared)

3 output signals

8 x option for angle synchronous measurement / digital (e.g.
SENT)

1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel

6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure

Software Tools (free download)

1 x acceleration 6-axis

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

2 x ECU temperature

System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

2 x ECU voltage
9 function related inputs

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

Norms

1 x lap trigger/beacon input
4 x knock sensors
10 digital inputs

Product Safety
EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020
Materials

1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement

REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection

EMC

4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

ISO11452-2

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

KN41
ISO11452-4
ISO10605

Sensor supplies and screens

ISO7637-2

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

ISO7367-3

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

ISO16750-2

7 x sensor grounds

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B

2 x sensor screens

ICES-003

Outputs

Testing

38 function related outputs

SAEJ1211

High Pressure Injection
2 x high pressure pump with MSV control
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heaterCommunication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Installation Notes

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 37

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
UpgradesHardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Launch Timer
Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control

Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control
Innovation License Device
Activation of a set of additional functions for a single device:• Crank rotation direction detection (using sensor DG23i)• Using a 2nd crank backup sensor• Crank-Pre-set, quick start based on previous crank stop position• Far-Bank, 2nd injector per cylinder possible• Cam-only-synchronisation, engine run without crank sensor signal (specific cam trigger wheel needed)
Innovation Package Project
Innovation Package Project has the same content as Innovation License Device, but license is valid for the whole project instead of asingle device
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.114-01
Software Options
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

38 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 391

40 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P
EVO

• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control

Features 866 MHz Dual Core Processor for projects withhigh performance demand Supports Customer Code Area CCA
 4 GB memory plus 16 GB upgrade SENT sensor support
The MS 6.4P EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. The MS 6 family
provides high control performance, logging capabilities and an extensive feature set to improve performance in your application. It features a powerful digital processing core and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. Custom functions
can be provided quickly and easily as a service or implemented as customer code with MATLAB/Simulink.
The MS 6 family is fully integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture.
Hint: Specific Software Version for MS 6.4P EVO
needed, not compatible with MS 6.4 EVO software.

LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 20 Hz
Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 400 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 5 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Application

Temp. range (at internalsensors)

0 to 80°C

High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for the use of:• 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types and pressure ranges)

Electrical Data

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

38 analog inputs

Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition

Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 866 MHz, FPGA

Inputs6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
10 x no integrated pull-up
4 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
5 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 41

13 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
8 analog/digital inputs (shared)

4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch

1

3 output signals

8 x option for angle synchronous measurement / digital (e.g.
SENT)

1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel

6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure

Software Tools (free download)

1 x acceleration 6-axis

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

2 x ECU temperature

System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

2 x ECU voltage
9 function related inputs

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

Norms

1 x lap trigger/beacon input
4 x knock sensors
10 digital inputs

Product Safety
EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020
Materials

1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement

REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection

EMC

4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

ISO11452-2

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

KN41
ISO11452-4
ISO10605

Sensor supplies and screens

ISO7637-2

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

ISO7367-3

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

ISO16750-2

7 x sensor grounds

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B

2 x sensor screens

ICES-003

Outputs

Testing

38 function related outputs

SAEJ1211

High Pressure Injection
2 x high pressure pump with MSV control
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heaterCommunication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Installation Notes

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch

42 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
UpgradesHardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
PERF_LOG_1 (requires FULL_LOG_1)
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
Specific project SW for MS 6.4P EVO, based on MS 6.4 EVO SW,
offered as engineering service
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Launch Timer
Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control
Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control
Innovation License Device
Activation of a set of additional functions for a single device:• Crank rotation direction detection (using sensor DG23i)• Using a 2nd crank backup sensor• Crank-Pre-set, quick start based on previous crank stop position• Far-Bank, 2nd injector per cylinder possible• Cam-only-synchronisation, engine run without crank sensor signal (specific cam trigger wheel needed)
Innovation Package Project
Innovation Package Project has the same content as Innovation License Device, but license is valid for the whole project instead of asingle device

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 43

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P EVO
Order number F02U.V03.112-01
Engine Control Unit MS 6 EVO RX

FIA-homologated version for WRX ChampionshipOrder number on request
Software Options
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
Specific project SW for MS 6.4 Performance, basedon MS 6.4 SW, offered as engineering service
Order number on request
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

44 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 451

46 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4• alternatively, up to 12 drivers for use with external powerstages.
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1• 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)• 4 GB memory on partition 2• Diagnostic channels• Use of 4 GB USB data stick
Logging rates• Usage of all features: 400 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s

Features Optimized for low- and high-pressure injection
 Data logger included Gearbox control optionally included Gigabit data interface
The MS 7.4 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. The MS 7 line features a
powerful digital processing core with floating point
arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 7 line utilizes a softwaredevelopment process based on MATLAB/Simulink
which significantly speeds up algorithm development
by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be generated quickly andeasily. The flexible hardware design allows the MS
7.4 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
Application
High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for triple injection and use of:• 4 cylinders up to 14,600 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,700 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 7,300 rpm(for supply voltages >10 V, depending injection types and pressure ranges)
HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, fuel control
valve 2, external cylinder 9-12)

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Milled aluminum housing
4 motorsport connectors, 264 pins in total
Size without connectors

198 x 180 x 42 mm

Weight1,610 gProtection Classification

IP67

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 1 GHz, FPGA

Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 16,000 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Outputs can be used alternatively as low side switches 2.2 A with
fast decay

InputsIgnition• 8 integrated power stages up to 20 A

8 analog/digital inputs (shared)

41 analog inputs

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 47

10 digital inputs
21 internal measurements

Adaptation and Documentation
Configuration

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 3-axis
3 x ECU temperature
10 x ECU voltage (e.g., sensor supply)
6 ECU current (e.g., sensor supply)
18 function related inputs
8 x combustion chamber pressure input
2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types
1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF
1 x digital input for beacon receiver
4 x knock sensors
Sensor supplies and screensSoftware Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Mating Connectors (not included)
LIFE (red)AS618-35SN

Actuator (blue)

AS618-35SB

Combined (orange)

AS618-35SC

Sensor (yellow)

AS618-35SA

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA
3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 400 mA
1 sensor supply ubat, 250 mA
9 x sensor grounds
2 x sensor screens

Communication
1 Ethernet 1 Gbit
2 Ethernet 100 Mbit
2 Realtime Ethernet

Outputs

3 CAN

42 function related outputs

1 LIN

High Pressure Injection

1 USB

2 x high pressure pump with fuel control valve
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated powerstage, or max. 8 cylinders and coils without integrated powerstage, 20 A
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 3 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater
4 x 12 mA for control of Moog valves
15 freely configurable outputs

1 RS232 for GPS or Telemetry, switchable depending on SW version
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
2 Network screens
Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, internal battery to be replaced during service.
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface cable are not included and must be ordered separately.

1 x 8.5 A H-bridge
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch
6 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 A pwm lowside switch low dump resistant
5 output signals
5 x MUX outputs for internal signals like flywheel, knock signals, cylinder pressure

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
UpgradesCCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Enable Customer Code Area
PERF_LOG_1

1

48 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request--- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
Cylinder pressure detection base package MS 7.x
Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation MS 7.x

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4
Order number F02U.V02.514-03
Software Options
Customer Code Area
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.264-01
Cylinder pressure detection base package MS 7.x
Order number F02U.V02.543-01

Rugged USB flash drive

F02U.V01.342-01

Adapter cable to PC USB-Port

F02U.V01.343-01

Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation
MS 7.xOrder number F02U.V02.544-01

Mating connector for USB flash
drive on car loom side

F02U.002.996-01

Accessories

Programming interface cable

F02U.V02.327-01

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code orange
Order number F02U.V02.296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7, LIFE-Connector code red
Order number F02U.V02.293-02

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 49

Engine Control Unit MS 7.8

Outputs can be used alternatively as low side switches 2.2 A with
fast decay
Ignition• 8 integrated power stages up to 20 A
• alternatively, up to 12 drivers for use with external powerstagesInternal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1• 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)• 4 GB memory on partition 2• Diagnostic channels• Use of 4 GB USB data stick
Logging rates• Usage of all features: 400 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s

 Gearbox control optionally included

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

 SENT sensor support

Integrated support of manual gearshift

Features Optimized for low- and high-pressure injection
 5 CAN, 3 of them CAN-FD capable 4 x 8.5 A H-Bridge

The MS 7.8 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. The MS 7 line features a
powerful digital processing core with floating point
arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 7 line utilizes a softwaredevelopment process based on MATLAB/Simulink
which significantly speeds up algorithm development
by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be generated quickly andeasily. The flexible hardware design allows the MS
7.8 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
Version MS 7.8-ADV was developed for use with
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV (higher max. Hexagon temperature).
Application
High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for triple injection and use of:• 4 cylinders up to 14,600 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,700 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 7,300 rpm(for supply voltages >10 V, depending injection types and pressure ranges)
HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, fuel control
valve 2, external cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 16,000 rpm, high impedance injectors
onlyElectronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Milled aluminum housing
4 motorsport connectors, 264 pins in total
Size without connectors

198 x 180 x 42 mm

Weight

1,560 gProtection Classification

IP67

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 1 GHz, FPGA1

50 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Inputs46 analog inputs
8 analog/digital/SENT inputs (shared)
12 digital inputs
4 x switchable Hall/inductive
4 x Hall4 x switchable Hall/DF11
21 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 6-axis
4 x ECU temperature

1 x 1 A pwm lowside switch low dump resistant
5 output signals
5 x MUX outputs for internal signals like flywheel, knock signals, cylinder pressure
Adaptation and Documentation
Configuration
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs
Function documentation
Automatically created during code generation
MatLab code generation
Support for customer own MatLab function development

4 x ECU voltage

Software Tools (free download)

3 x ECU current

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

18 function related inputs
8 x fast ADC for combustion chamber pressure input

System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Mating Connectors

2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (multitype)

LIFE (red)AS618-35SN

Actuator (blue)

AS618-35SB

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types (LSU-ADV
version available, see Ordering Information)

Combined (orange)

AS618-35SC

Sensor (yellow)

AS618-35SA

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF
1 x digital input for beacon receiverCommunication

4 x knock sensors

1 Ethernet 1 Gbit

Sensor supplies and screens

3 Ethernet 100 Mbit

8 x sensor supply 400 mA, switchable 5 V/Vbat with voltage andcurrent sensing

5 CAN, 3 of them CAN-FD capable

8 x sensor grounds

1 USB

2 x sensor screens

8 SENT

Outputs

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

38 function related outputs

2 Network screensHigh Pressure Injection

Installation Notes

2 x high pressure pump with fuel control valve
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated powerstage, or max. 8 cylinders and coils without integrated powerstage, 20 A

1 LIN

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, internal battery to be replaced during service.
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface cable are not included and must be ordered separately.

2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle

Legal Restrictions

2 x 3 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

15 freely configurable outputs
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch
6 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch

UpgradesCCA Hardware Upgrade per device

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 51

Ordering Information

Enable Customer Code Area
PERF_LOG_1
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request--- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
Cylinder pressure detection base package MS 7.x
Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation MS 7.x
Rugged USB flash drive

F02U.V01.342-01

Adapter cable to PC USB-Port

F02U.V01.343-01

Mating connector for USB flash
drive on car loom side

F02U.002.996-01

Programming interface cable

F02U.V02.327-01

Engine Control Unit MS 7.8
Order number F02U.V03.249-01
Engine Control Unit MS 7.8-ADV
Order number F02U.V03.316-01
Software Options
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.264-01
Cylinder pressure detection base package MS 7.x
Order number F02U.V02.543-01
Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation
MS 7.xOrder number F02U.V02.544-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code orange
Order number F02U.V02.296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7, LIFE-Connector code red
Order number F02U.V02.293-02

1

52 | Control | Engine Control Unit Diesel

1

Engine Control Unit MS 25
Sport

Optional function packages
available
Calibration interface

CCP via CAN

Interface to Bosch Data Logging
System

3 CAN interfaces

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum product housing

Base plate with fluid coolingincl. pressure compensation
element (PCE)

2 production type connectors
with 192 pins

Separate coding each (192 x
1.2 mm pins)

Vibration damped circuitboardsEngine mountable with additional dampers

8 housing fixation points
FeaturesSize

260 x 250 x 81 mm

Protection classification

IP x 6k and IP x 9K

 8 injection output stages

Weight1,800 g For solenoid injectors

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

 96 data inputs

Electrical Data

 Software options available
The MS 25 Sport is an ECU for Diesel engines withup to 8 cylinders. It is developed for use with Boschsolenoid injectors. The MS 25 Sport utilizes a software development process based on MATLAB® &Simulink®.
The MS 25 Sport is able to operate in 12 V or 24 V
systems. The base SW is able to control one hydraulic bank configuration with Fuel Metering Unit
(FMU) and Pressure Control Valve (PCV).
Application

Power supply

1 internal atmospheric pressure sensor
1 internal ECU temperature sensor for max. temperature
Inputs1 lambda interface LSU

LSU 4.9

7 general frequency inputs

4 wheel speed and one vehicle
speed hall effect sensor inputs
and 2 inductive turbo speed

1 input for inductive crankshaft
sensor

Hall optional
Inductive optional

Engine layout

3, 4, 5, 6, 8, <3 on request

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft
sensorInjector type

Solenoid valve injectors

29 analog inputs

Control strategy

Quantity based

14 digital inputs

Hydraulic system

Fuel metering unit + Pressure
control valve (2 bank optional)

Outputs

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
2 post injections

8 injection power stages

3 banks for 8 cylinders

2 Fuel Metering Unit (HighPressure Pump)

2 bank system optional
2 bank system optional

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

2 Pressure Control Valve (Rail)

Lambda measurement

Optional controls on request

12 power stages (low side)

Two bank hydraulic control

Optional

Traction control

Optional

1 power stage for lambda
heaterGear cut for sequential gearbox

Optional

Speed limiter

12 or 24 V

2 H-bridges
3 sensor supply 5 V

Control | Engine Control Unit Diesel | 53

SoftwareCommunication

RaceCon Calibration Software

free download

WinDarab Analysis Software

free download

3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)

J1939 optional

Optional Functionality

1 LIN

Optional

Traction control SW upgrade

1 SENT

Optional

2 bank hydraulic control SW upgrade

Installation Notes

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F02U.V00.327-03

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-01

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-02

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25
SPORT - X1 (Vehicle)

F02U.V0U.147-01

Mating connector II
CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25
SPORT - X2 (Engine)

F02U.V0U.148-01

Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs werecommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport
Order number F02U.V0U.800-02

1

54 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Overview

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4 Vehicle Control Unit MS
50.4P incl. CCA• 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for vehicle
control functionality (MATLAB based)• Identical, dedicated 667 MHz
Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes• High Speed Logging 200 kHz
of 6 analog inputs (optional)• Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3• Event logging, Configurable
pre-event logging• 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for vehicle
control functionality (MATLAB based)• Identical, dedicated 866 MHz
Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes• High Speed Logging 200 kHz
of 6 analog inputs (optional)• Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3• Event logging, Configurable
pre-event logging

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 55

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4

•
•
•
•

Fastest sampling 1 ms or 1 syncro
Optional: Sampling rate high speed logger 5 µs
Long-term recording
Own data protection code

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,200 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s
Copy data of partition 1 to USB data stick
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
RS232 interface for GPS
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

FeaturesSize

166 x 121 x 41 mm

Weight≤ 660 gProtection classification

IP67

3 motorsport connectors, 198 pins in total

 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively forvehicle control functionality (MATLAB based) Identical, dedicated 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Operating temperature internal-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

5 to 18 V

 High Speed Logging 200 kHz of 6 analog inputs(optional)

Inputs Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3

20 Analog channels 0 to 5 V, 0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8
V, switchable pull-up

 Event logging, Configurable pre-event logging
The VCU MS 50.4 is a highly powerful processing /logging unit for race applications.
Based on our broad base of platform function, we
support you with customized VCU functions for a
tailor-made solution.
In addition, you can quickly develop your individual
customer software based on MATLAB/Simulink tosignificantly speed up algorithm development(automatic code and documentation generation, requires CCA package) – including extensive simulation capabilities.
The device offers real time Ethernet functionality to
exchange e.g. data used in control algorithms
between devices (guaranteed latency time 1 ms).
Application
Processor for customer code

667 MHz Dual Core

Processor for logger

667 MHz Dual Core

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Online data compression
Internal logger• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory on partition 1• 4 GB memory on partition 2

8 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall-type speed measurement
possible,
Switchable pullup 2.15 kOhm, (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall- and DF11 type speed
measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 universal Thermocouple
1 Bosch Laptrigger
1 TimeSync master and slave (specific to Bosch measurement system)
Internal measurements:
1 ambient pressure
1 ECU temperature
20 supply voltage
20 supply current
1 battery voltage (external VCU supply)
1 external VCU supply current
4 HS output current
3-axis acceleration plus roll/pitch/yaw rate
Outputs
PWM High side2*; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

PWM Low side

4*; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package

1

56 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1Power Supplies

Upgrades12 V, 400 mA each5*

Switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA
each

5*

Max overall current

4 A on all 12 V
2 A on all 5 V

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch device
Hardware Upgrade for Multi CCA per device
Enables the use of an extra core to utilize more computing powerin the device

Precision 12 V ± 1 % on the pin
Precision 5 V ± 0.1 % on the pin
Sensor groundHardware Upgrade for CCA per device

20

I/O Package*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package

Communication

Adaptation and Documentation

4 CAN

Function documentation

Inputs

MatLab code generation

Automatically created duringcode generation
Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7
System Configuration tool
RaceCon

Logger configuration, calibration and online measurement

Connectors
Connector LIFE (red)AS018-35PN

Mating connector AS618-35SN(not included)

Connector SENS-A (yellow)
AS018-35PA

Mating connector AS618-35SA(not included)

Connector SENS-B (blue)
AS018-35PB

Mating connector AS618-35SB(not included)

4 Analog channels
0 to 5 V,
0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8 V, switchable pull-up
4 Digital PWM inputs
f_max=30 kHz
Hall-type speed measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall),Tooth count differential**
4 LVDT, 5 pin configuration,
excitation frequency 1 to 20 kHz,
excitation voltage 0 to 5 V (rms)
Outputs
4 “TTL” Digital output, 10 kHz, PWM, 25 mA each
2 PWM High side; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz
4 PWM Low side; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz
Power Supplies

Communication

5 x12 V, 400 mA each

3 Ethernet 100 Mbit

5 switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA each

2 Realtime Ethernet SERCOS3** The tooth count differential between any two of the PWM inputs
is available to measure e.g., shaft torsion.

4 CAN*
1 LIN

High Speed Logging Package

1 USB

6 ANA

1 RS232 interface for GPS or Telemetry, switchable depending on
SW version

CCP/XCP_MASTER

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package
Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

0 to 5 V, 200 kHz logging rate

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol, XCP over Ethernet (UDP) or
XCP via CAN.
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)Real Time Ethernet
Enables the VCU to operate as a real time Ethernet master or slave.
Guaranteed latency time of 1 ms. Ideal for time critical data transfer as needed in online control algorithms involving data from different devices.
Two interfaces allow for a ring topology (redundancy in case theRTE line experiences damage).
The VCU features a reasonable set of SERCOS3 instructions although not the full SERCOS3 standard is implemented. The ECU
side can act as a SERCOS3 master; the logger side can act as a
SERCOS3 slave.

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 57

USB Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Adapter cable to PC USB-port

Ordering Information
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4
Order number F02U.V02.965-02
Multi CCA Hardware Upgrade VCU per device
Order number F02U.V03.222-01
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4 incl. CCA HW Upgrade
Order number F02U.V03.012-01
Software Options
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
I/0 Package
Order number F02U.V02.777-01
High Speed Logging Package
Order number F02U.V02.779-01
CCP/XCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
Real Time Ethernet
Order number F02U.V02.782-01
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03
Connector for wiring harness
Order number F02U.002.996-01
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

Dimensions1

58 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

20

1

86.6

16

YAW RATE SENSOR
Drehratensensor

86.6

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 59

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4P
incl. CCA

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

4 GB memory on partition 1
16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)
4 GB memory on partition 2
Fastest sampling 1 ms or 1 syncro
Optional: Sampling rate high speed logger 5 µs
Long-term recording
Own data protection code

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 800 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,500 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 7.5 MB/s
Copy data of partition 1 to USB data stick
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
RS232 interface for GPS
Customer Code Area CCA
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch device
Multi CCA
Enables the use of an extra core to utilize more computing powerin the device for running a second customer model

Features 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively forvehicle control functionality (MATLAB based)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

 Identical, dedicated 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposesSize

166 x 121 x 41 mm

Weight≤ 660 g

 High Speed Logging 200 kHz of 6 analog inputs(optional)

Protection classification

IP67

3 motorsport connectors, 198 pins in total
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

 Event logging, Configurable pre-event logging

Operating temperature internal

0 to 85°C

The VCU MS 50.4P (Performance) is a highly
powerful processing / logging unit for race applications.
Based on our broad base of platform function, we
support you with customized VCU functions for a
tailor-made solution.
In addition, you can quickly develop your individual
customer software based on MATLAB/Simulink tosignificantly speed up algorithm development(automatic code and documentation generation) –including extensive simulation capabilities.
The device offers real time Ethernet functionality to
exchange e.g. data used in control algorithms
between devices (guaranteed latency time 1 ms).

Operation outside the temperature limits can be tested on request
during the manufacturing tests.

 Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3

Application
Processor for customer code

866 MHz Dual Core

Processor for logger

866 MHz Dual Core

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

5 to 18 V

Inputs20 Analog channels 0 to 5 V, 0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8
V, switchable pull-up
8 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall-type speed measurement
possible,
Switchable pullup 2.15 kOhm, (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall- and DF11 type speed
measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 universal Thermocouple
1 Bosch Laptrigger

Online data compression

1 TimeSync master and slave (specific to Bosch measurement system)

Internal logger• 1,500 channels

Internal measurements:1

60 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

1 ambient pressure
1 ECU temperature
20 supply voltage
20 supply current
1 battery voltage (external VCU supply)
1 external VCU supply current
4 HS output current
3-axis acceleration plus roll/pitch/yaw rate

Installation Notes

Outputs

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

PWM High side2*; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

PWM Low side

4*; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package
Power Supplies

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Legal Restrictions

UpgradesI/O Package

12 V, 400 mA each5*

Switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA
each

5*

Max overall current

4 A on all 12 V
2 A on all 5 V

Inputs20

4 Digital PWM inputs
f_max=30 kHz
Hall-type speed measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall),Tooth count differential**

4 CAN

Precision 12 V ± 1 % on the pin
Precision 5 V ± 0.1 % on the pin
Sensor ground*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package
Adaptation and Documentation
Function documentation
MatLab code generation

Automatically created duringcode generation
Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7
System Configuration tool
RaceConCommunication

4 Analog channels
0 to 5 V,
0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8 V, switchable pull-up

4 LVDT, 5 pin configuration,
excitation frequency 1 to 20 kHz,
excitation voltage 0 to 5 V (rms)
Outputs
4 “TTL” Digital output, 10 kHz, PWM, 25 mA each
2 PWM High side; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

Logger configuration, calibration and online measurement

Connectors

4 PWM Low side; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz
Power Supplies
5 x12 V, 400 mA each

Connector LIFE (red)AS018-35PN

Mating connector AS618-35SN(not included)

Connector SENS-A (yellow)
AS018-35PA

Mating connector AS618-35SA(not included)

Connector SENS-B (blue)
AS018-35PB

Mating connector AS618-35SB(not included)

Communication

5 switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA each** The tooth count differential between any two of the PWM inputs
is available two measure e.g. shaft torsion.
PERF_LOG_1
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory
High Speed Logging Package
6 ANA

3 Ethernet 100 Mbit
2 Realtime Ethernet SERCOS3
4 CAN*
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232 interface for GPS or Telemetry, switchable depending on
SW version
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package

0 to 5 V, 200 kHz logging rate

CCP/XCP_MASTER
Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol, XCP over Ethernet (UDP) or
XCP via CAN.
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)Real Time Ethernet
Enables the VCU to operate as a real time Ethernet master or slave.
Guaranteed latency time of 1 ms. Ideal for time critical data transfer as needed in online control algorithms involving data from dif-Control | Vehicle Control Units | 61

ferent devices.
Two interfaces allow for a ring topology (redundancy in case theRTE line experiences damage).
The VCU features a reasonable set of SERCOS3 instructions although not the full SERCOS3 standard is implemented. The ECU
side can act as a SERCOS3 master; the logger side can act as a
SERCOS3 slave.

Ordering Information

USB Accessories

PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01

Rugged USB flash driveHigh Speed Logging Package
Order number F02U.V02.779-01

Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Adapter cable to PC USB-port

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4P incl. CCA
Order number F02U.V03.014-01
Software Options
I/0 Package
Order number F02U.V02.777-01

CCP/XCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
Real Time Ethernet
Order number F02U.V02.782-01
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03
Connector for wiring harness
Order number F02U.002.996-01
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

Dimensions1

62 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

20

1

86.6

16

YAW RATE SENSOR
Drehratensensor

86.6

Displays2

Displays64

64 | Displays | Displays

Overview
2
Display DDU 10

Display DDU 11• Features user interface menu
• Features display element
design generator• 10 top-LEDs and 5 side-LEDs
on both sides• Supports GPS laptrigger, predated lap time etc.
• Page change based on events
possible• Features user interface menu
• Features display element
design generator• 8 top-LEDs and 5 side-LEDs
on both sides• Supports GPS laptrigger, predated lap time etc.
• Page change based on events
possibleDisplays | Displays | 65

Display DDU 10

Resolution

800 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

PNG, BMP, JPG, GIF

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out
messages

Up to 256 IDs (128 in and out)

Online data compression
Internal logger• 4 GB memory (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory (optional)• 100 channels (standard)• Up to 1,500 channels (optional)• 50 ms Sampling rate (standard• max. 1 ms Sampling rate (optional)
Features Features user interface menu Features display element design generator 10 top-LEDs and 5 side-LEDs on both sides
 Supports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.
 Page change based on events possible
The display DDU 10 integrates a programmable fullcolour dashboard display with a data logging system for motorsport applications. Additional input
devices can be connected via Ethernet, CAN buses,
and RS 232.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. A
basic logging function of 100 channels with recording of 50 ms (4 GB) is always included. The logger
can be upgraded to full logging performance (max.
1 ms). In addition, a 2nd logging partition of 4 GB
can be activated.
With the DDU 10, a completely new library ofgraphical elements for the individual design of display pages was implemented and an all-new userinterface menu has been developed for the device.
A configurable input activates the menu structure
and the user can reset for example laptime, fuelconsumption and many more, without having toconnect a laptop to the DDU. The user can also install own graphics, pictures etc. on the 12 freely
configurable display pages. For quick data transferfrom the car, e.g. during pit stop, data copy to a
USB stick is available as an option.
Application
Display• 7” graphic color display• 12 user configurable display pages• 20 multicolor freely configurable (RGB) LEDs

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Ambient light sensor
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight875 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Current consumption (without
sensor supply)

2 A (at 12 V)

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard,plus 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all analog inputs

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (250
mA)

1

2

66 | Displays | Displays

2

Sensor supply U_Bat (250 mA)

1

LIFE connector

Sensor ground

427

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

Connectors and Wires

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

LIFE connector on display
AS216-35PN

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Mating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Auxiliary connector on display
AS212-35PN
Mating connector
AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Pin Configuration
LIFE connector

Incl.
Incl.

Incl.

42

ANA_IN_9

Status43

RS232_TX_GPS

KL_31

Incl.

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

2

KL_15

Incl.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

3

KL_30

Incl.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

6

KL_31

Incl.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

7

CAN_2_L

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Comment

Status16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

23
24

Pin

Name

1

Comment

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Auxiliary connector
Pin

Name

1

Unused2

Unused3

Unused4

Unused5

Unused6

Unused7

UnusedIncl.

8

UnusedEthernet_screen

Incl.

9

Ethernet_3_TXP

Incl.

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

10

Ethernet_3_RXP

Incl.

Ethernet_3_RXN

Incl.

CAN_4_H

Opt.

Incl.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

11

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

12

Displays | Displays | 67

13

Unused14

Unused15

Unused16

Unused17

UnusedInstallation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
This product may contain open source software. Information about
license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

18

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

19

Ethernet_3_TXN

Incl.

20

CAN_4_L

Opt.

21

CAN_3_H

Opt.

22

CAN_3_L

Opt.

Ordering Information
Display DDU 10
Order number F02U.V02.659-02
Software Options
CCP/XCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

Communication

FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

CAN interfaces

2 standard,plus 2 optional

Ethernet 100BaseT3

IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01

Laptrigger input

1

Accessories

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol (optional)

USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01

Dimensions2

68 | Displays | Displays2

Displays | Displays | 69

Display DDU 11

AD-Converters

10 kHz sampling rate with digital downsampling filter

Real time clock supply

Ultracap™, sustains realtime
for 2 weeks

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out
messages

Up to 256 IDs (128 in and out)

Sampling rate

20 Hz (50 ms) standard,max. 1 kHz (1 ms) as optional
upgrade (FULL_LOG_1/
FULL_LOG_2)

Online data compression
Internal logger• 100 channels (standard)• Up to 1,500 channels (optional)• 4 GB memory (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory (optional)

 Features user interface menu

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s

 Features display element design generator

Ambient light sensor

 8 top-LEDs and 5 side-LEDs on both sides

Technical Specifications

 Supports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.

Mechanical Data
Size

203 x 128 x 38.5 mm

 Page change based on events possible

Weight649 g

The display DDU 11 integrates a programmable fullcolour dashboard display with a data logging system for motorsport applications. Additional input
devices can be connected via Ethernet, CAN buses,
and RS 232.
A basic logging function of 100 channels with recording rate of 20 Hz (50 ms) (4 GB) is always included. The logger can be upgraded to full logging
performance (max. 1 kHz (1 ms)). In addition, a
2nd logging partition of 4 GB can be activated. An
optional external GPS Sensor keeps track of position on the racetrack.
With the DDU 11, a library of graphical elements
for the individual design of display pages and astate-of-the-art user interface menu is available. For
quick data transfer from the car, e.g., during pit
stop, data logging to a USB stick is available as an
option.

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see boschmotorsport.com)

Features

Application

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Current consumption (w/osensor supply)<2 A (at 12 V)

Outputs
1 x Sensor supply 5 V +/-1 % or UBAT switched (max. 250 mA)
1 x Sensor ground
Inputs (option)
4 x Analog In (5 V/12 bit), Digital In, Wheelspeed HALL, or
Wheelspeed DF11
1 x Analog In (5 V/12 bit), Digital In or Laptrigger In

Display
6.5” graphic color display
48 user configurable pages (12 pages organized in 4 switchable
page sets)

Switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up resistors for all analog inputs
Connectors and Wires
Mating Connector: TE Connectivity 3-1437290-7
Connector Pins: TE Connectivity 3-1447221-4

Resolution

800 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

PNG, BMP, JPG, GIF

Pin Configuration

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Pin

Name

Status2

70 | Displays | Displays

2

1

KL30_KL15/UBAT

Incl.

25

ETH_CHANNEL1_RXN

Incl.

2

SENSGND

Incl.

26

ETH_CHANNEL1_RXP

Incl.

3

SENSPWR (5 V or UBAT switched)

Incl.

4

SIG2_IN (Analog In, Digital In, Wheelspeed
HALL, Wheelspeed DF11, switchable Pull-Up
3.01 k)Opt.

SIG4_IN (Analog In, Digital In, Wheelspeed
HALL, Wheelspeed DF11, switchable Pull-Up
3.01 k)Opt.

6

USB_GND

Opt.

7

USB_PWR

Opt.

8

KL31/GND

Incl.

9

SIG5_IN_LAPTRG (Analog In, Digital In,
switchable Pull-Up 3.01 k)

Opt.

10

SIG1_IN (Analog In, Digital In, Wheelspeed
HALL, Wheelspeed DF11, switchable Pull-Up
3.01 k)Opt.

SIG3_IN (Analog In, Digital In, Wheelspeed
HALL, Wheelspeed DF11, switchable Pull-Up
3.01 k)Opt.

12

USB_DN

Opt.

This product may contain open source software. Information about
license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

13

USB_DP

Opt.

Ordering Information

14

CAN_2_H_RS232_TX (switchable CAN or
RS232)

Opt.

15

CAN_1_H

Incl.

16

ETH_CHANNEL0_TXN (Ethernet 100BaseTX)

Incl.

17

ETH_CHANNEL0_TXP

Incl.

18

ETH_CHANNEL0_RXN

Incl.

19

ETH_CHANNEL0_RXP

Incl.

20

TIMESTMP_INOUT (Timesync)

Incl.

21

CAN_2_L_RS232_RX (switchable CAN or
RS232)Opt.

IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01

22

CAN_1_L

Incl.

Accessories

23

ETH_CHANNEL1_TXN (Ethernet 100BaseTX)

Incl.

24

ETH_CHANNEL1_TXP

Incl.

USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

5

11

Communication
CAN interfaces

1

2nd CAN interface or RS232 with
IO_EXTENS

e.g., Telemetry or GPS

Ethernet 100BaseTX

2

Laptrigger input

1

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN Calibration Protocol (CCP_MASTER option)
XCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support eXtended Calibration Protocol over UDP or CAN (CCP_MASTER option)
Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.

Display DDU 11
Order number F02U.V03.208-03
Software Options
CCP/XCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

Displays | Displays | 71

Dimensions2

72 | Displays | Displays2

Electronics

3

CAN Keypad

74

Collision Avoidance Systems

78

Data Loggers

87

Injection Power Stages

98

Power Boxes

105

Sensor Interfaces

114

Telemetry System

127

Test System128

74 | Electronics | CAN Keypad

CAN Keypad CK-M12

3

CAN transmit rate

100 Hz*CAN baud rate

1 Mbaud*

TX ID

0x800*

RX ID

0x801*TX Data

1 bit status for each input

RX Data

4 bit integer for each indicator
color, 4 bit integer for brightness* Custom CAN IDs / baud Rate Optional Upon Request
Note: CK-M12 DBC file available for CAN configuration
Connectors and Wires
CK-M12 Termination

Flying Lead 24AWG

Recommended Connectors
CK-M12AS610-35PN

MatingAS110-35SN

Wire Identification

Features 12 standard buttons with color indicator rings

Wire

FunctionRed

12/24 V Power 9 additional digital switch inputs

Black

Ground Moveable button inserts

Yellow

CAN high (CANH)GreenCAN low (CANL)White, Black Trace

Digital Input 1 activated by
GroundWhite, Brown Trace

Digital Input 2 activated by
GroundWhite, Red Trace

Digital Input 3 activated by
GroundWhite, Orange Trace

Digital Input 4 activated by
GroundWhite, Yellow Trace

Digital Input 5 activated by
GroundWhite, Green Trace

Digital Input 6 activated by
GroundWhite, Blue Trace

Digital Input 7 activated by
GroundWhite, Purple Trace

Digital Input 8 activated by
GroundWhite, Grey Trace

Digital Input 9 activated by
Ground CAN input / output
The CAN Keypad CK-M12 allows for simplification of
the dashboard by offering 12 buttons and 9 additional wired inputs to be evaluated and transmitted
via CAN bus to other devices on the bus. Each button has an individually addressable LED indicating
ring that can be used to acknowledge a button press
event, indicate status of a device, or alert the driverto a fault condition. No special configuration software is needed, all feedback logic is done by PBX,DDU or ECU. Each keypad is supplied with 15 black
inserts, optional insert kits are also available.
Application
Usage

PBX / DDU / ECU Interface

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight280 g

Max. vibration

11 ms 30 G peak

Sealing

IP68

Electrical Data
Power supply Vs

9 to 32 V

Average current draw

100 mAMax current draw

250 mA

Insert Road Race Kit
A/CABS
Alarm Reset
Anti-Lag
Arrow x 4

Characteristics
Signal output

Insert Kits

CAN

Brake SprayElectronics | CAN Keypad | 75

Insert Road Race Kit
Boost Decrease
Boost Increase
Brightness Down
Brightness Up
Close Menu
Cool Suit

Insert Road Race Kit
Starter
Traction Control Down
Traction Control Up
Wet Mode
Windshield SprayWindshield Wiper

Cooling Fan
Day/Night Mode
Drink
Flash Hi Beam
Fuel Reserve
Fuel Reset

Insert Drag Race Kit
A/C
Alarm Reset
Anti-Lag
Arrow x 4

Full Course Yellow

Boost Decrease

Function Toggle

Boost Increase

Gearbox Emergency

Brightness Down

Hazard Flasher

Brightness Up

Heated WindshieldBurnout

Helmet Fan

Close Menu

High Beam

Cooling Fan

Horn
LaunchDay/Night Mode

Low Beam

Function Toggle

Map Down

Hazard Flasher

Map UpNeutralOpen Menu
Page Down

High BeamHorn
LaunchLine Lock

Page Up

Low BeamPDU Reset

Map Down

Pit Switch

Map UpPower

Nitrous Arm

Power Steering Reset

Nitrous Purge

Pump OutOpen Menu

Push to Pass

Page Down

Radiator Spray
Rain Light
Reset

Page UpPDU Reset

Reverse
SelectPower3

76 | Electronics | CAN Keypad

Insert Drag Race Kit

Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit

Pump Out
Push to Pass
Reset

3

N

5

O

6

P

7

Q

8

SelectR

9Starter

S

10

T

11

U

12

Traction Control Down
Traction Control Up
Transmission Brake

Installation Notes

Windshield Spray

Installation on flat surface recommended

Windshield Wiper

Bolt size#10-32Tightening Torque

0.7 +/- 0.1 Nm

Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit
A

V

B

W

C

X

D

Y

E

Z

F

!

G

-

H

+

I

0

J

1

K

2

L

3

M

4

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-04
Accessories
Insert Road Race Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.022-01
Insert Drag Race Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.023-01
Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.024-01

Electronics | CAN Keypad | 77

Dimensions3

78 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Overview

3

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M 3 EVO• Radar sensor with integrated
logic• Warning for overtake situations• Easy system adaptation• Universal CAN interface forvarious displays• Visualization via display LEDs

• Approaching vehicle tracking• Left/right passing alerts• Improves visibility of objects
in rain, mist or darkness• Full Bosch Motorsport tool integration

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 79

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light

Horizontal field of view Radar

85° from 0 to 29 m
70° from 29 to 46 m
50° from 46 to 73 m
42° from 73 to 78 m
20° from 78 to 95 m

Technical Specifications

3

Mechanical Data
Weight of radar sensor MRR

199 g

Size

60x70x32 mm

Protection Classification

IP 6K6K (DIN 40 050) IP 6K7(DIN 40 050)

Max. vibration

Randome vibration aeff = 30.8
m/s², 3x8 h (according ISO/DIS
16750-3)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage
Features Radar sensor with integrated logic
 Warning for overtake situations
 Easy system adaptation
 Universal CAN interface for various displays
 Visualization via display LEDs
The collision avoidance system CAS-M light helps thedriver to focus on the track and warns him if a car isapproaching from behind. The system provides information about relative speed and distance of theclosest vehicle on the CAN bus. An additional display
with CAN bus interface is required (e.g. DDU 9).
The information is based on a Bosch radar sensor
which contains a FMCW radar transceiver operatingin the frequency range of 76.0 - 77.0 GHz. Targets infront of the sensor are reflecting the radar signal andthe relative speed and distance is determined via
Doppler-effect and beat frequency.
The benefit is even more increased during darkness
or in bad weather conditions. The system interface isvery intuitive and adaptable to the drivers liking.
Application

6.5 to 18 V

An external fuse has to beprovided (rec. 10 A).
External overvoltage protection
is required (internal overvoltage protection up to 35 V).
Reverse polarity voltage protection-14 V max. t ≤ 60 sec

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

F037.B00.168-01

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

CAN-H

Pin 3

CAN-L

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Pin 6

n.c.

Pin 7

n.c.

Pin 8

V+

Installation Notes
The system includes a radar sensor and a detailed user manual.
Ordering information for suitable wiring looms for the different
CAS-M light packages are specified in the user manual.
The system needs to be connected to the vehicle CAN bus (connection to display needed) and supplied with 12 V from the supply
system on board.

Operating temperature-40 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 95°C

Range

150 m

The rear unit must be mounted 90° to the vehicles vertical and horizontal axis and within ± 200 mm of the vehicle lateral centerline.

Tracks1 Object (nearest)

Mounting distance of radar over ground: 300 to 1,000 mm

InterfaceCAN

CAN rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

CAN update rate

50 Hz

To achieve the expected performance from the radar sensor, it
must have a clear and unobstructed view. There should be no material over the radar sensor and the sensor should be allowed aclear 180-degree field of view.
The system needs yaw rate and vehicle speed information.

80 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

3

Cat 6 A standard for Gigabit Ethernet.

Country

See CAS-M light in action on http://youtu.be/EzpSy-eJRi4

United Kingdom

Legal
The CAS-M 3 radar sensor is based on the Bosch
Engineering MRRe14HBW radar sensor. The
MRRe14HBW is frequency certified for the following countries:

If the MRRe14HBW and hence the CAS-M 3 radar
sensor SCU is not operated within this context, itlies within the customer’s responsibility to ensurecompliance of the application with national regulations and standards, e.g., electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters.
Link to the up-to-date EU Declaration of Confirmity
DoC:
http://eu-doc.bosch.com(Please enter the model MRRe14HBW on which
CAS-M sensors are based on to find the correct
DoC in the database.)

Country
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland
USA

Legal Restrictions

CanadaJapan
Australia
New Zealand

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
CAS-M light (500 kbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.021-01
CAS-M light (1 Mbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.220-01
CAS-M light incl. Display DDU 9 (500 kbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.591-01
CAS-M light incl. Display DDU 9 (1 Mbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.592-01

Dimensions

Wiring schematicElectronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 813

Dimensions

82 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M 3 EVO

3

Radar

85° from 0 to 29 m
70° from 29 to 46 m
50° from 46 to 73 m
42° from 73 to 78 m
20° from 78 to 95 m

Camera78°

Number of tracked objects

Max. 40

Number of displayed classified
objects

Max. 4

Display format

7’’

Display resolution

800 x 480 pixel

User configurable CAN in/out messages
User configurable LEDs
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Display Unit
Features Approaching vehicle tracking
 Left/right passing alerts

Size

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight

830 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

 Improves visibility of objects in rain, mist or
darkness Full Bosch Motorsport tool integration
The Collision Avoidance System-Motorsport 3 EVO(CAS-M 3 EVO) features a high-performance Bosch
Motorsport Display Unit for fast video processing(right in the picture), and a Rear Module, composedfrom a Bosch mid-range radar sensor for a wider
field of view in close-up range and a fast responsehigh definition camera (left in the picture).
The CAS-M 3 EVO system provides real time visualization and warns the driver about approaching or
overtaking cars via intuitive marking of the cars on
the display. It helps prevent the most common collisions and allows drivers to focus on the race. With amomentary glance, the driver can tell how many cars
are following and their classification depending on
distance and relative speed. The radar tracks up to
40 objects and marks up to four objects on the display. In addition, bright flashing LEDs alert the driverwhen any car attempts a passing maneuver. All ofthese features work at night or in the rain when visibility is typically poor. Furthermore, the real time
gap of a marked object is measured and can beprovided over CAN or Ethernet.
The CAS-M 3 EVO system is fully integrated in the
Bosch Motorsport Tool environment and can be configured with RaceCon.

Rear ModuleSize

120 x 150 x 115 mm

Weight

880 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature

0 to 70°C (rearview camera internal temperature*)

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)*If the temperature limit is reached, forced air cooling of the camera is recommended.
Electrical Data
Supply voltage (Display andRear Unit)
Current consumption
Display Unit

2 A (at 12 V)

Rear Module

0.7 A (at 12 V)

Communication
Display Unit
CAN

1x private CAN for radar,
1x CAN

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera,
1x 100Base-T Ethernet

Time sync synchronization Ethernet

1

Application
Range
Horizontal field of view

95 m

6 to 18 V

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 83

Rear Module
CAN

1x private CAN for radar

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera

21

CAN High Radar (private
CAN radar PCR)

11

22

CAN Low Radar (PCR)

12

Rear Module

Display Unit for Vehicle Harness

1

GigEthernet_TR3_P (private
Eth camera PEC)

2

2

GigEthernet_TR2_N (PEC)

3

3

GigEthernet_TR2_P (PEC)

4

4

GigEthernet_TR1_N (PEC)

5

5

GigEthernet_TR1_P (PEC)

6

6

GigEthernet_TR0_N (PEC

7

7

GigEthernet_TR0_P (PEC)88+12 V Ubat

n/a - Connect to VSP

9+12 V Ubat

n/a - Connect to VSP

10+12 V Ubat (opt. to display)

13 (opt. if KL30 not connected)

11

CAN High Radar (PCR)

21

12

CAN Low Radar (PCR)

22

13

n.c.

14

GigEthernet_TR3_N (PEC)

15

GigEthernet Screen

16

n.c.

17

CAN Screen

18

GND

19

+12 V Ubat (opt. to display)

13 (opt. if KL30 not connected)

20

GND

n/a - Connect to VSP

21

GND (opt. to display)

15 (opt. if KL31 not connected)

22

GND (opt. to display)

15 (opt. if KL31 not connected)

Software Tools (free download)
Data analysis tool

WinDarab 7 Light

System configuration tool

RaceConConnectors and Wires
Display Unit
Motorsport connector on
deviceAS212-35PN

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Rear Module
Motorsport connector on
deviceAS212-35PN

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Pin Configuration
Display Unit

Rear Module for Vehicle Harness

Pin No.

Pin No.

1

GigEthernet_TR3_N (private
Eth camera PEC)

14

2

GigEthernet_TR3_P (PEC)

1

3

GigEthernet_TR2_N (PEC)

2

4

GigEthernet_TR2_P (PEC)

3

5

GigEthernet_TR1_N (PEC)

4

6

GigEthernet_TR1_P (PEC)

5

7

GigEthernet_TR0_N (PEC)

6

8

GigEthernet_TR0_P (PEC)7

9Ethernet_TXP

n/a - Connect to Bosch System Ethernet BSE

10

Ethernet_RXP

n/a - Connect to BSE

11

Ethernet_RXN

n/a - Connect to BSE

Communication

12

CAN_High_Vehicle

n/a - Connect to Bosch System CAN

Display Unit

13

+12 V KL30

n/a - Connect to Vehicle System Power VSP

14+12 V KL15

n/a - Connect to VSP

15

GND KL31

n/a - Connect to VSP16

GND KL31

n/a - Connect to VSP

17

Time_Sync

n/a – Connect Display toBosch Logging System Time
Sync

18

ETH_Screen

n/a - Connect to BSE

19

Ethernet_TXN

n/a - Connect to BSE

20

CAN Low Vehicle

n/a - Connect to Bosch System CAN

1

n/c

CAN

1x private CAN for radar,
1x CAN

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera,
1x 100Base-T Ethernet

Time sync synchronization Ethernet

1

Rear Module
CAN

1x private CAN for radar

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera3

84 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Installation Notes
The rear unit must be mounted 90° to the vehicles vertical and horizontal axis and within ± 200 mm of the vehicle lateral centerline.
Mounting distance of radar over ground: 300 to 1,000 mm

3

To achieve the expected performance from the radar sensor, it
must have a clear and unobstructed view. There should be no material over the radar sensor and the sensor should be allowed aclear 180 degree field of view.
Consider the maximum vibration limits for the mounting positionof the rear module. The system is approved referred to vibration
profile 1, see www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Check the radar sensor for travel inside the radar bracket. In thiscase, remove the radar sensor and check the locking pins at bothsides of the sensor. Due to vibrations, these pins can be deformed.
Exceeding travel of the sensor can damage the electric contacts.
The system needs yaw rate and vehicle speed information.
Cat 6 A standard for Gigabit Ethernet.
This product may contain open source software. Information about
license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.
For the private CAN network between display and rear module, notermination resistor is needed in the wiring harness. There are preinstalled termination resistors in the radar sensor and the display.
Safety Notes
It is not permitted to use the system as mirror replacement.
Legal
The CAS-M 3 radar sensor is based on the Bosch
Engineering MRRe14HBW radar sensor. The
MRRe14HBW is frequency certified for the following countries:
Country
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland
USA
CanadaJapan
Australia
New ZealandCountry
United Kingdom
If the MRRe14HBW and hence the CAS-M 3 radar
sensor SCU is not operated within this context, itlies within the customer’s responsibility to ensurecompliance of the application with national regulations and standards, e.g., electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters.
Link to the up-to-date EU Declaration of Confirmity
DoC:
http://eu-doc.bosch.com(Please enter the model MRRe14HBW on which
CAS-M sensors are based on to find the correct
DoC in the database.)
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.648-02
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Without wire (1)Order number F02U.V01.511-02
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Wire with open end (2)Order number F02U.V01.511-92
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F02U.V01.512-03
Accessories
Display Unit
Order number F02U.V02.660-02
Rear Module

Consisting of parts (A) to (E)Order number F02U.V02.630-02
Radar Bracket (A)Order number F037.D00.084-01
Radar Unit (B)Order number F02U.V02.647-01
Camera Unit (C)Order number F02U.V02.799-01
Wiring Harness (D)Order number F02U.V02.802-01
Interface Module (Housing and Electronics) (E)
Order number F02U.V02.639-01

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 85

Dimensions

3

Display86 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

3

Rear Module

A: Radar Bracket
B: Radar Sensor
C: Camera
D: Wiring Harness for Radar and Camera
E: Interface Module (Housing and Electronics)
Spare Parts of the Rear Module

Electronics | Data Loggers | 87

Overview

Data Logger C 70

• Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual
Core Processor• Recording on USB flash drive(opt.)• Supports GPS lap trigger,
pre-dated lap time etc.
• High programming flexibility
using mathematical functions
and conditional channels

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

USB_DATA• Aluminum housing• Powerful data logger with up
to 20 GB memory• Supports Bosch multi-logger
configuration• USB recording and full telemetry support• Capacity 2 GB
• Robust brass housing• High performance push-pullconnector• Compatible with Data Loggers, Displays and VCUs

3

88 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 70

• 1,500 channels• 1 ms Sampling rate
Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,200 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s

3

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 126 x 25.5 mm

Weight450 gProtection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Features Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual Core Processor

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

 Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)
 Supports GPS lap trigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.

5 to 18 V

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard, additional 12 optional

 High programming flexibility using mathematical
functions and conditional channels

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bit

The data logger C 70 integrates a programmabledata logging system for motorsport applications fora very competitive price. Additional input devices
can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website.
The logger can be upgraded to a 2nd logging partition of 4 GB (e.g. for long term recording).
For quick data transfer from the car e.g. during pit
stop, data copy to a USB stick is available as an option. The stick is connected to the wiring harness
for the C 70.
The device comes with 4 analog and 4 speed inputs
as standard; further 12 analog inputs are available
as optional upgrade.

Switchable pull up resistor

For all ANA_IN

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Application

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Sensor supply U_Bat 250 mA

1

Sensor ground4

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector on logger

AS216-35PN

Mating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Pin Configuration
Pin

Name

Li/Ion capacitor

1

KL_31

Incl.

Configurable math channels

2

KL_15

Incl.

User configurable CAN in/out messages

3

KL_30

Incl.

Online data compression

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

Internal logger• 4 GB memory (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory (optional)

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

6

KL_31

7

CAN_2_LInternal power source

Comment

StatusIncl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Electronics | Data Loggers | 89

Pin

Name

8

Comment

StatusPin

Name

Comment

StatusEthernet_2_TXP

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

13

Laptrigger_In

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

Communication

Incl.

CAN interfaces

2

Incl.

Ethernet 100BaseT

2
1

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

Laptrigger input

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Com_screen

Ethernet and USB
screenIncl.

Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Legal Restrictions

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

Upgrades29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

CCP/XCP_MASTER

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol or XCP over Ethernet (UDP).
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

FULL_LOG_2

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

Enable logging partition 2 with 4 GB memory

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

IO_EXTENS

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Enable additional 12 analog input channels

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stickOpt.

USB_DATA37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with BFS preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

3

90 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 70
Order number F02U.V02.302-02
Software Options

3

CCP/XCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01
Accessories
Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

DimensionsElectronics | Data Loggers | 913

92 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

•
•
•
•
•

4 GB memory on partition 1 (optional; included in C 80 Logger)
Plus 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)
Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)
Up to 1,500 channels
Fastest sampling 1,000 Hz for all channels

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 800 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,500 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 7.5 MB/s

33-port network switch
Telemetry Support via Ethernet (recommended) and RS232
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Features Aluminum housing Powerful data logger with up to 20 GB memory
 Supports Bosch multi-logger configuration
 USB recording and full telemetry support
We offer the C 80 in two basic versions, on the one
hand as a data logger and on the other hand as asensor interface. Choose between these basic variants and combine or add functionalities now orlater.
The data logger C 80 is a professional data logging
system for motorsport applications. This allows forsynchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4
digital input channels. Additional input devices canbe connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the up to 16 GB logger can be
downloaded via high speed Ethernet.
Software upgrades for the C 80 (field upgradable
by entering a key) activate tailored configurations
like a second logging partition of 4 GB, USB recording, CCP/XCP-master for simple data access tothird party devices, as well as additional input
channels.

Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight462 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Operating temperature (internal)

0 to 85°C

Operation outside the temperature limits can be tested on request
during the manufacturing tests.
Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsAnalog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmOutputs
PWM outputs (low side switch
2 A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
ASDD612-41SN

F02U.002.216-01

Mating connector II
ASDD612-41SA

F02U.004.180-01

User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PN

Online data compression

Pin

Name

Internal logger

1

KL30

Application
Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Configurable math channels

DescriptionElectronics | Data Loggers | 93

Pin

Name

2; 3

Pin

Name

Description

KL15

40

ANAIN_M1_5

0 to 5V Analog

4; 5

KL31

41

ANAIN_M1_6

0 to 5V Analog

6

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

7

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

8

Ethernet Channel0 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

9Ethernet Channel0 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

10

Ethernet Schirm

Ethernet Schirm

11

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

12

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

13

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

14

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

15

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

16

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

17

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

18

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

CAN_A_H

19

Description

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PA
Pin

Name

Description

1

UBATT_FUSE12

SENSPWR10_1

3

SENSPWR5_2

4

SENSPWR5_3

5

SENSPWR5_4

6; 7

SENSGND

8RS232A TX

RS232A - Transmit

9

RS232A RX

RS232A - Receive

10

RS232B TX

RS232B - Transmit

11

RS232B RX

RS232B - Receive

12

RS232_GND

RS232_GND

13

REV1_PHall / Inductive

14

REV1_M

Hall / Inductive

15

REV2_PHall / Inductive

16

REV2_M

Hall / Inductive

17

REV3_PHall / Inductive

18

REV3_M

Hall / Inductive

19

REV4_PHall / Inductive20

REV4_M

Hall / Inductive

21

ANAIN_M1_7

0 to 5V Analog

CAN_A - HIGH

22

ANAIN_M1_8

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_9

0 to 5V Analog

20

CAN_A_LCAN_A - LOW

23

21

CAN_B_H

CAN_B - HIGH

24

ANAIN_M1_10

0 to 5V Analog

22

CAN_B_L

CAN_B - LOW

25

ANAIN_M1_11

0 to 5V Analog

23

USB Power

500mA USB_Power26

ANAIN_M1_12

0 to 5V Analog

24

USB Data Plus

USB_OTG_Plus

27

ANAIN_M1_13

0 to 5V Analog

25

USB Data Minus

USB_OTG_Minus

28

ANAIN_M1_14

0 to 5V Analog

26

USB GND

USB_Ground

29

ANAIN_M1_15

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_16

0 to 5V Analog

27

SENSPWR5_1

30

28

SENSGND

31

ANAIN_M2_1

0 to 5V Analog

29

Timestamp

32

ANAIN_M2_2

0 to 5V Analog

30

LS_GND_1

Low-Side Ground2

33

ANAIN_M2_3

0 to 5V Analog

31

LS_SWITCH_1

lowside switch 2A

34

ANAIN_M2_4

0 to 5V Analog

32

LS_SWITCH_2

lowside switch 2A

35

ANAIN_M2_5

0 to 5V Analog

33

LS_SWITCH_3

lowside switch 2A

36

ANAIN_M2_6

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M2_7

0 to 5V Analog

34

LS_SWITCH_4

lowside switch 2A

3735

LS_GND_2

Low-Side Ground2

38

ANAIN_M2_8

0 to 5V Analog

36

ANAIN_M1_1

0 to 5V Analog

39

ANAIN_M2_9

0 to 5V Analog

37

ANAIN_M1_2

0 to 5V Analog

40

ANAIN_M2_10

0 to 5V Analog

38

ANAIN_M1_3

0 to 5V Analog

41

LAPTRIGGER39

ANAIN_M1_4

0 to 5V Analog

3

94 | Electronics | Data Loggers

3

Communication

FULL_LOG_2

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Enable logging partition 2 with 4 GB memory. Ideally for protected
access by different teams or to use as long-term logger.

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Telemetry

Ethernet or RS232

Lap trigger input

1

IO_EXTENS (included in C 80 Sensor Interface)
Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)

4

Installation Notes

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Depending on your experience calibrating Bosch ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

RS232

GPS

Not reverse polarity protected on supply or outputs.
Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device, as
it will be reset during service.
Legal Restrictions

USB_DATA includes
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with BFS preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked
Ordering Information
Data Logger C 80

FULL_LOG_1 included
Order number F02U.V03.083-01

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Sensor Interface C 80

UpgradesCCP/XCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01

CCP/XCP_MASTER

FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol, XCP over Ethernet (UDP) or
XCP via CAN.
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)
FULL_LOG_1 (included in C 80 logger)

IO_EXTENS included
Order number F02U.V03.082-01
Software Options

PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

Enable logging partition 1 with 4 GB memory, 600 kB/s (600 MHz)IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01

PERF_LOG_1 (requires FULL_LOG_1)

Accessories

Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory, 800 kB/
s (866 MHz)USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

DimensionsElectronics | Data Loggers | 953

96 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Technical Specifications

USB_DATA

Mechanical Data

3

Housing material

Brass

Weight42 gLength72 mmBore diameter

15.5 mmElectrical Data
Capacity

2 GB

Specification

USB 1.1/2.0

Data rate

USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Connectors and Wires
Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)Features

Pin 1

Data -

Pin 2

+5 V

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

Data +

 Capacity 2 GB

Content of the Kit

 Robust brass housing

Rugged USB flash drive High performance push-pull connector
 Compatible with Data Loggers, Displays and
VCUs
The Kit USB_DATA enables your DDU, data logger or
VCU to store data on a USB flash drive. The Kit includes a rugged USB flash drive, an adapter cable toUSB-port and a connection socket to the wiring harness. A key number to unlock the USB-port is alsopart of the Kit.
The rugged USB flash drive is securely mounted
within a rugged brass housing designed to provide
full protection against extreme environmental conditions. It is IP68 protected and resistant to extreme
operating temperatures (-30 to 85°C). The USB flash
drive is equipped with a rugged protection cap.
Application

Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Software license for USB-Port unlocked
Installation Notes
The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reducestress.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Operating temperature range-30 to 85°C

Protection class

IP68

USB Kit for C 60
Order number F02U.V00.872-02

Tightening torque of Backnut
for connection socket

1.5 to 2.0 Nm

Accessories

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Connector for wiring harness
Order number F02U.002.996-01
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Electronics | Data Loggers | 97

Dimensions3

98 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Overview

3

Injection Power Stage HPI 5 Injection Power Stage HPI 5- Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 4C
M 8C• Max. 8 cylinders• Max. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)• 550 g• Max. 4 cylinders• Max. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)• 400 g• Max. 8 cylinders• Max. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)• 440 gElectronics | Injection Power Stages | 99

Injection Power Stage HPI 5

Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,000Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight

550 g

Electrical Data

Features

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
 Max. 8 cylinders

Mating connector

 Max. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)
 550 g
The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving
injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8
injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in
4 groups of 2 injectors each. Within a group only one
injector can be switched on at the same time. The 4
groups are totally independent, so that overlapping
injection of injectors of different groups is possible.
The HPI 5 is mainly designed to drive the Bosch highpressure pump HDP 5. Communication between
main ECU and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5

Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Order number F02U.V00.929-02

Application
Max. number of cylinders

D261.205.353-01

8

100 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 4C

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

3

AS616-26SN

Pin Configuration
16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A
Pin

Name

Comment

A

O_P_FSCVL1

Flow control valve #1 output
low side

B

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

C

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

D

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

E

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

F

O_P_BANK2_LS4_LS6

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #4

G

O_P_BANK2_HS4_HS6

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #4

H

O_P_BANK1_HS2_HS2

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #2

I

O_P_BANK1_LS2_LS2

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #2

K

O_P_BANK2_LS3_LS3

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #3

L

O_P_BANK2_HS3_HS3

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #3

M

O_P_BANK1_HS1_HS1

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #1

N

O_P_BANK1_LS1_LS1

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #1

P

I_P_HPINJD1_D1

Injector control, input signal
for injector #1

R

O_P_FSCVH1

Flow control valve #1 output
high sideS

I_P_HPINJD2_D2

Injector control, input signal
for injector #2

T

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

U

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

V

I_P_1SEL1

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "SEL1"

W

I_P_HPINJD4_D6

Injector control, input signal
for injector #4

Features Max. 4 cylinders
 Max. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)
 400 g
The injector power stage HPI 5-M 4C is a device fordriving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU
up to 4 injectors can be driven. Overlapping injectionof injectors is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP
5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5M is realized via CAN interface.
Application
Max. number of cylinders

4

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

15,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 andBosch high pressure pump HDP 5
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

X

I_S_T15

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Input "Terminal 15" (Ignition
switch)Y

B_D_CANL

Weight

400 g

CAN Interface, Signal "CAN
Low"

Z

B_D_CANHCAN Interface, Signal "CAN
High"

a

I_P_HPINJD3_D3

Injector control, input signal
for injector #3

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 101

Legal Restrictions

16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 Ab

I_P_1SEL0

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "SEL0"c

I_P_1ON

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "ON"Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Dimensions

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C
Order number F02U.V01.629-01

3

102 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 8C

3Weight440 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

AS616-26SN
AS614-19SN

Pin Configuration
16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A

Features

Pin

Name

Comment

A

O_P_FSCVL1

Flow control valve #1 output low
side

B

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

C

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

D

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

 Max. 8 cylinders

E

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

 Max. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)F

O_P_BANK2_LS4_L
S6Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine:#6)G

O_P_BANK2_HS4_H
S6

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine:#6)H

O_P_BANK1_HS2_H
S2

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine:#2)I

O_P_BANK1_LS2_L
S2Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine:#2)K

O_P_BANK2_LS3_L
S3Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine:#3)

L

O_P_BANK2_HS3_H
S3

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine:#3)

M

O_P_BANK1_HS1_H
S1

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine:#1)N

O_P_BANK1_LS1_L
S1

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine:#1)

P

I_P_HPINJD1_D1

Injector control, input signal for injector #1 (6-cyl. engine: #1)

R

O_P_FSCVH1

Flow control valve #1 output highside

 440 g
The injector power stage HPI 5-M 8C is a device fordriving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU
up to 8 injectors can be driven. The injectors aregathered in 4 groups of 2 injectors each. Within agroup only one injector can be switched on at thesame time. The 4 groups are totally independent, sothat overlapping injection of injectors of different
groups is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed
to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5-M isrealized via CAN interface.
Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

8,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

9,500

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 andBosch high pressure pump HDP 5
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

S

I_P_HPINJD2_D2

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Injector control, input signal for injector #2 (6-cyl. engine: #2)

T

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 103

16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A

U

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

V

I_P_1SEL1

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL1"W

I_P_HPINJD4_D6

Injector control, input signal for injector #4 (6-cyl. engine: #6)

X

I_S_T15

Input "Terminal 15" (Ignition
switch)Y

B_D_CANLCAN Interface, Signal "CAN Low"Z

B_D_CANHCAN Interface, Signal "CAN High"a

I_P_HPINJD3_D3

Injector control, input signal for injector #3 (6-cyl. engine: #3)b

I_P_1SEL0c

I_P_1ONH

O_P_BANK2_HS8

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)I

O_P_BANK2_LS8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)K

I_P_HPINJD8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)L

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

M

O_P_FSCVH2

Flow control valve #2 output highside

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL0"N

I_P_2SEL0

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL0"

Flow control valve #1, input signal"ON"P

I_P_HPINJD7

Injector control, input signal for injector #7 (6-cyl. engine: not used)

R

I_P_2SEL1

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL1"

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A
Pin

Name

Comment

A

I_P_HPINJD6_D5

Injector control, input signal for injector #6 (6-cyl. engine: #5)

S

O_P_FSCVL2

Flow control valve #2 output low
side

B

O_P_BANK1_LS5_L
S4Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine:#4)T

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

U

I_P_2ON

Flow control valve #2, input signal"ON"

C

O_P_BANK1_HS5_H
S4

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine:#4)

V

I_P_HPINJD5_D4

Injector control, input signal for injector #5 (6-cyl. engine: #4)

D

O_P_BANK2_HS7

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)E

O_P_BANK2_LS7

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)F

O_P_BANK1_LS6_L
S5Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine:#5)G

O_P_BANK1_HS6_H
S5

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine:#5)

Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C
Order number F02U.V01.630-01

3

104 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Dimensions

3Electronics | Power Boxes | 105

Overview

PowerBox PBX 90

PowerBox PBX 190

3• 120 A continuous current• 36 outputs, 80 A high sideswitches• Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication• Software-tool integrated• Easy programming of complex functions• 250 A continuous current• 52 outputs, 48 V high sideswitches• Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication• Precision current measurement• Easy programming of complex functions

106 | Electronics | Power Boxes

PowerBox PBX 90

Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)
4 high power channels up to 25 A
22 high power channels up to 15 A
6 multi purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM; two output stages can be combined to form an H-bridge)

3

1 sensor supply 5 V with individual ground pin
SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]1

HP_OUT3

40

150

2

OUT22

15

100

3

PWM_OUT6

15

75

4

OUT21

15

100

5

ANA_IN07

0 to 5 V, Pullup

6

ANA_IN08

0 to 5 V, Pullup

 Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication

7

PWM_OUT4

15

 Software-tool integrated

8

CAN_3_H

1 Mbaud max.

9

SENSGND

GND forAIN[x]10

SENSPWR_5V

0.4

11

PWM_OUT2

15

75

12

PWM_OUT1

15

75

13

HP_OUT4

40

150

14

ANA_IN03

0 to 5 V, Pullup

15

ANA_IN04

0 to 5 V, Pullup

16

DIG_IN3

0 to 12 V,
Pull-up, Pulldown

17

DIG_IN4

0 to 12 V,
Pull-up, Pulldown

18

ANA_IN09

0 to 5 V, Pullup

19

ANA_IN10

0 to 5 V, Pullup

20

CAN_3_L

1 Mbaud max.

21

BAT_GND

15

100

22

BAT_GND

15

100

23

BAT_GND

15

100

24

BAT_GND

15

100

25

HP_OUT7

25

150

26

OUT19

15

100

Features 120 A continuous current
 36 outputs, 80 A high side switches Easy programming of complex functions
The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car,which is seamlessly integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities. The integrated PBX-software
guarantees an easy programming of complex functions by intuitive handling.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

214 x 159 x 57.5 mm

Weight830 g

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 20 V

Current consumption<1 A

Maximum recommended output current

120 A continuously>180 A peak current (2 s)

Inputs12 analog inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors
4 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors

75

Electronics | Power Boxes | 107

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2

27

ANA_IN05

0 to 5 V, Pullup

23

ETH_2_RXP

10/100 Mbps

24

ETH_2_TXP

10/100 Mbps

28

OUT20

15

25

HP_OUT5

25

150

29

ANA_IN06

0 to 5 V, Pullup

26

OUT11

15

100

30

OUT17

15

100

27

OUT09

15

100

31

OUT18

15

100

28

OUT12

15

100

32

ANA_IN11

0 to 5 V, Pullup

29

OUT10

15

100

30

OUT07

15

100

33

OUT15

15

100

31

OUT08

15

100

34

OUT16

15

100

32

LIN

35

ANA_IN12

0 to 5 V, Pullup

Control of Bosch Motorsport
LIN devices included. Supportof other devices on request.

36

PWM_OUT3

15

75

33

OUT05

15

37

PWM_OUT5

15

75

34

SHIELD_GND

shield38

HP_OUT8

25

150

35

OUT06

15

100

36

OUT03

15

100

37

OUT04

15

100

38

HP_OUT6

25

150

100

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2

100

Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]1

HP_OUT1

40

150

2

OUT14

15

100

Connector X3: Amphenol Radsok Automotive Pinlock Connector 8
mm (35 mm², 50 mm²)

3

OUT13

15

100

Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]

4

OUT02

15

100

1

BATT_POS

120

180

5

OUT01

15

100

6

TIMESTAMP_I
NOUT

1 kHz open
drain

7

CAN_2_H

1 Mbaud max.

8

CAN_1_H

1 Mbaud max.

9

ETH_1_RXN

10/100 Mbps

10

ETH_1_TXN

10/100 Mbps

11

ETH_2_RXN

10/100 Mbps

12ETH_2_TXN

10/100 Mbps

13

HP_OUT2

40

150

14

BAT_GND

15

100

15

ANA_IN01

0 to 5 V, Pullup

16

ANA_IN02

0 to 5 V, Pullup

17

DIG_IN1

0 to 12 V,
Pull-up, Pulldown

18

DIG_IN2

0 to 12 V,
Pull-up, Pulldown

19

CAN_2_L

1 Mbaud max.

20

CAN_1_L

1 Mbaud max.

21

ETH_1_RXP

10/100 Mbps

22

ETH_1_TXP

10/100 Mbps

Communication
3 x CAN
2 x Ethernet
1 x LIN, Control of Bosch Motorsport LIN devices included. Support of other devices on request.
Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

3

108 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Ordering Information
PowerBox PBX 90
Order number F02U.V01.794-06
Software Options

3

CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Accessories
Mating Connector X1
Order number F02U.B00.760-01
Mating Connector X2
Order number F02U.B00.761-01
Mating Connector X3
Order number F02U.003.574-01
Power Cable 16 mm²

L: 2,000 mm
Order number F02U.V02.047-01
Power Cable 35 mm²

L: 2,000 mm
Order number F02U.V02.048-01
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F02U.V02.292-01
CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-04

Electronics | Power Boxes | 109

Dimensions3110 | Electronics | Power Boxes

PowerBox PBX 190

Inputs18 analog inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors
10 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors
Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)

3

10 high power channels up to 25 A
26 high power channels up to 15 A
4 high side channels up to 25 A, up to 48 V
8 multi-purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM; two output stages can be combined to form an H-bridge)
2 sensor supplies 5 V with individual ground pin
SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

Pin Configuration
Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA62437SA

Features

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS_15A X1_A

15

100

 52 outputs, 48 V high side switches

B

HS_15A X1_B

15

100

 Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication

C

HS_15A X1_C

15

100

D

HS_15A X1_D

15

100

E

HS_15A X1_E

15

100

F

HS_15A X1_F

15

100

G

HS_15A X1_G

15

100

H

HS_15A X1_H

15

100

J

HS_15A X1_J

15

100

K

HS_15A X1_K

15

100

L

HS_15A X1_L

15

100

M

HS_15A X1_M

15

100

N

HS_15A X1_N

15

100

P

PWM_15A X1_P

15

60

R

PWM_15A X1_R

1560

 250 A continuous current

 Precision current measurement
 Easy programming of complex functions
The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car,which is seamlessly integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities. The integrated PBX-software
guarantees an easy programming of complex functions by intuitive handling.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataS

PWM_15A X1_S

15

60

Size

245 x 183 x 37 mm

T

PWM_15A X1_T

1560

Weight1,270 gU

HS_15A X1_U

15

100

Protection Classification

IP67

V

HS_15A X1_V

15

100

W

HS_15A X1_W

15

100

X

HS_15A X1_X

15

100

Y

HS_15A X1_Y

15

100

Z

HS_15A X1_Z

15

100

a

HS_15A X1_a

15

100

b

HS_15A X1_b

15

100

c

PWM_15A X1_c

15

60

d

PWM_15A X1_d

15

60

e

PWM_15A X1_e

15

60

f

PWM_15A X1_f

1560Internal G-sensors
Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1(see www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 16 V

Current consumption<1 A continuously

Maximum recommended output current

250 A continuously; >310 A
peak current (2 s)Electronics | Power Boxes | 111

Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA62437SA

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SNg

HS_15A X1_g

15

100

7

Analog Input X5_07

0 to 5 V, Pull-uphHS_15A X1_h

15

100

8

Analog Input X5_08

0 to 5 V, Pull-upkHS_15A X1_k

15

100

9

CAN 3 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaudm

HS_15A X1_m

15

100

10

Analog Input X5_10

0 to 5 V, Pull-upnHS_15A X1_n

15

100

11

Analog Input X5_11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

pPower KL31

15

-

12

Analog Input X5_12

0 to 5 V, Pull-upqPower KL31

15

-

13

Digital Input X5_13

rPower KL31

15-

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

14

Digital Input X5_14

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Connector X2: 1 Pin / 8STA61201BN261
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]15

CAN 3 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

1

Power Supply 12 V

200

240

16

LIN

Control of Bosch
Motorsport LIN devices
included. Support ofother devices on request.

Connector X3: 19 Pins / 8STA62419SN
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS_25A X3_A

25

150

B

HS_25A X3_B

25

150

17

Analog Input X5_17

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

C

HS_25A X3_C

25

150

18

Analog Input X5_18

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

D

HS_25A X3_D

25

150

19

DGND-fused

5A

E

HS_25A X3_E

25

150

20

DGND-fused

5A

F

HS_25A X3_F

25

150

21

Digital Input X5_21

G+H

HS_40A X3_G_H

40

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

J+T

HS_40A X3_J_T

40

150

22

Digital Input X5_22

K+U

HS_40A X3_K_U

40

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

L+N

HS_40A X3_L_N

40

150

23

SERCOS1 TXP

M

HS_25A X3_M

25

150

24

SERCOS1 TXN

P

HS_25A X3_P

25

150

25

do not connect (use for internal debugging)R

HS_25A X3_R

25

150

26

do not connect (use for internal debugging)S

HS_25A X3_S

25

150

27

Analog Input X5_27

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

V

Power KL31

25

-

28

Digital Input X5_28

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

29

Digital Input X5_29

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown
0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Connector X4: 6 Pins / 8STA61606SA
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS48V_25A X4_A

25

100

30

Analog Input X5_30

B

HS48V_25A X4_B

25

100

31

KL31-fused

C

HS48V_25A X4_C

25

100

32

SERCOS1 RXP
SERCOS1 RXN

D

HS48V_25A X4_D

25

100

33

E

Supply up to 48 V for X4

25

35

34

do not connect (use for internal debugging)F

Supply up to 48 V for X4

25

35

35

do not connect (use for internal debugging)

36

Digital Input X5_36

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

37

Digital Input X5_37

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN
Pin

Signal1

Analog Input X5_01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

2

Analog Input X5_02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

38

Analog_Screen

3

Analog Input X5_03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

39

Analog Input X5_39

4

Analog Input X5_04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

40

KL31-fused5

Analog Input X5_05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

41

SERCOS2 RXP

6Analog Input X5_06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

42

SERCOS2 RXN

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

3

112 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN

3

2 x Real time ethernet Sercos (optional)

43

Digital Input X5_43

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Installation Notes

44

Digital Input X5_44

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.

45

Sensor GND for X5_51

5A46

Timesync

47

COM_Screen

48

CAN 1 Interface High-Level

49

SERCOS2 TXP

50

SERCOS2_TXN

51

Powersupply_5V X5_51

400 mA

52

Sensor GND for X5_58

5A53

ETHERNET1 RXN

10/100 Mbps

54

ETHERNET0 RXN

10/100 Mbps

55

CAN 2 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01

56

CAN 1 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

Accessories

57

Analog Input X5_57

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

58

Powersupply_5V X5_58

400 mA

Mating Connector X1
Order number F02U.004.387-01

59

ETHERNET1 RXP

10/100 Mbps

Mating Connector X2

60

ETHERNET1 TXN

10/100 Mbps

Order number F02U.B01.044-01

61

ETHERNET0 TXN

10/100 Mbps

Mating Connector X2

62

CAN 2 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

Socket 35 mm263

Analog Input X5_63

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

64

ETHERNET1 TXP

10/100 Mbps

65

ETHERNET0 RXP

10/100 Mbps

66

ETHERNET0 TXP

10/100 Mbps

Legal Restrictions

Max. 1 Mbaud

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
PowerBox PBX 190
Order number F02U.V02.626-04
Software Options

Socket 25 mm²Order number F02U.B01.045-01
Mating Connector X3
Order number F02U.004.386-01
Mating Connector X4
Order number F02U.004.388-01

Communication

Mating Connector X5
Order number F02U.000.472-02

3 x CAN

Connector Opening Tool for Shellsize 24
Order number F02U.V02.434-01

2 x Ethernet
1 x LIN, Control of Bosch Motorsport LIN devices included. Support of other devices on request.

Breakout Box
Order number F02U.V02.523-01
CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-04

Electronics | Power Boxes | 113

Dimensions

3114 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Overview

3

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

Lambdatronic LT4

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter• Aluminum housing• Powerful data logger with up
to 20 GB memory• Supports Bosch multi-logger
configuration• USB recording and full telemetry support• Supply of up to 4 Boschlambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or MiniLSU 4.9• Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater• Supply of up to 4 Boschlambda sensors, type LSU
ADV• Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater• ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface• Lightweight Aluminum Housing

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 115

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

•
•
•
•
•

4 GB memory on partition 1 (optional; included in C 80 Logger)
Plus 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)
Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)
Up to 1,500 channels
Fastest sampling 1,000 Hz for all channels

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 800 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,500 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 7.5 MB/s
3-port network switch
Telemetry Support via Ethernet (recommended) and RS232
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Features Aluminum housing Powerful data logger with up to 20 GB memory
 Supports Bosch multi-logger configuration
 USB recording and full telemetry support
We offer the C 80 in two basic versions, on the one
hand as a data logger and on the other hand as asensor interface. Choose between these basic variants and combine or add functionalities now orlater.
The data logger C 80 is a professional data logging
system for motorsport applications. This allows forsynchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4
digital input channels. Additional input devices canbe connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the up to 16 GB logger can be
downloaded via high speed Ethernet.
Software upgrades for the C 80 (field upgradable
by entering a key) activate tailored configurations
like a second logging partition of 4 GB, USB recording, CCP/XCP-master for simple data access tothird party devices, as well as additional input
channels.

Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight462 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Operating temperature (internal)

0 to 85°C

Operation outside the temperature limits can be tested on request
during the manufacturing tests.
Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsAnalog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmOutputs
PWM outputs (low side switch
2 A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
ASDD612-41SN

F02U.002.216-01

Mating connector II
ASDD612-41SA

F02U.004.180-01

User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PN

Online data compression

Pin

Name

Internal logger

1

KL30

Application
Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Configurable math channels

Description

3116 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

Pin

Name

2; 3

Pin

Name

Description

KL15

40

ANAIN_M1_5

0 to 5V Analog

4; 5

KL31

41

ANAIN_M1_6

0 to 5V Analog

6

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

7

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

8

Ethernet Channel0 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

9Ethernet Channel0 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

10

Ethernet Schirm

Ethernet Schirm

11

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

12

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

13

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

14

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

15

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

16

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

17

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

18

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

CAN_A_H

19

Description

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PA
Pin

Name

Description

1

UBATT_FUSE12

SENSPWR10_1

3

SENSPWR5_2

4

SENSPWR5_3

5

SENSPWR5_4

6; 7

SENSGND

8RS232A TX

RS232A - Transmit

9

RS232A RX

RS232A - Receive

10

RS232B TX

RS232B - Transmit

11

RS232B RX

RS232B - Receive

12

RS232_GND

RS232_GND

13

REV1_PHall / Inductive

14

REV1_M

Hall / Inductive

15

REV2_PHall / Inductive

16

REV2_M

Hall / Inductive

17

REV3_PHall / Inductive

18

REV3_M

Hall / Inductive

19

REV4_PHall / Inductive20

REV4_M

Hall / Inductive

21

ANAIN_M1_7

0 to 5V Analog

CAN_A - HIGH

22

ANAIN_M1_8

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_9

0 to 5V Analog

20

CAN_A_LCAN_A - LOW

23

21

CAN_B_H

CAN_B - HIGH

24

ANAIN_M1_10

0 to 5V Analog

22

CAN_B_L

CAN_B - LOW

25

ANAIN_M1_11

0 to 5V Analog

23

USB Power

500mA USB_Power26

ANAIN_M1_12

0 to 5V Analog

24

USB Data Plus

USB_OTG_Plus

27

ANAIN_M1_13

0 to 5V Analog

25

USB Data Minus

USB_OTG_Minus

28

ANAIN_M1_14

0 to 5V Analog

26

USB GND

USB_Ground

29

ANAIN_M1_15

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_16

0 to 5V Analog

27

SENSPWR5_1

30

28

SENSGND

31

ANAIN_M2_1

0 to 5V Analog

29

Timestamp

32

ANAIN_M2_2

0 to 5V Analog

30

LS_GND_1

Low-Side Ground2

33

ANAIN_M2_3

0 to 5V Analog

31

LS_SWITCH_1

lowside switch 2A

34

ANAIN_M2_4

0 to 5V Analog

32

LS_SWITCH_2

lowside switch 2A

35

ANAIN_M2_5

0 to 5V Analog

33

LS_SWITCH_3

lowside switch 2A

36

ANAIN_M2_6

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M2_7

0 to 5V Analog

34

LS_SWITCH_4

lowside switch 2A

3735

LS_GND_2

Low-Side Ground2

38

ANAIN_M2_8

0 to 5V Analog

36

ANAIN_M1_1

0 to 5V Analog

39

ANAIN_M2_9

0 to 5V Analog

37

ANAIN_M1_2

0 to 5V Analog

40

ANAIN_M2_10

0 to 5V Analog

38

ANAIN_M1_3

0 to 5V Analog

41

LAPTRIGGER39

ANAIN_M1_4

0 to 5V Analog

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 117

Communication

FULL_LOG_2

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Enable logging partition 2 with 4 GB memory. Ideally for protected
access by different teams or to use as long-term logger.

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Telemetry

Ethernet or RS232

Lap trigger input

1

IO_EXTENS (included in C 80 Sensor Interface)
Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)

4

Installation Notes

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Depending on your experience calibrating Bosch ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

RS232

GPS

Not reverse polarity protected on supply or outputs.
Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device, as
it will be reset during service.
Legal Restrictions

USB_DATA includes
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with BFS preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked
Ordering Information
Data Logger C 80

FULL_LOG_1 included
Order number F02U.V03.083-01

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Sensor Interface C 80

UpgradesCCP/XCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01

CCP/XCP_MASTER

FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol, XCP over Ethernet (UDP) or
XCP via CAN.
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)
FULL_LOG_1 (included in C 80 logger)

IO_EXTENS included
Order number F02U.V03.082-01
Software Options

PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

Enable logging partition 1 with 4 GB memory, 600 kB/s (600 MHz)IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01

PERF_LOG_1 (requires FULL_LOG_1)

Accessories

Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory, 800 kB/
s (866 MHz)USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Dimensions

3118 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 119

Lambdatronic LT4

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

Software Tool (free download)
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Characteristic
Features

Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

 Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

 Integrated voltage compensation for sensor
heaterSignal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzThe Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping
current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors,
type LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda
value, the sensor temperature and diagnostics areavailable via CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The
lambda in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda =1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on theemission side, through a current through the pumpcell. The current proportional output voltage of the
IC is a measure of the lambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and avery compact box size with motorsport specification.
Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.
Application
Application
Compatible Bosch sensor type

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, MiniLSU 4.9

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS614-35PN

Connector loom
AS114-35SN

F02U.000.365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 - (low)Channels

48Analog out 1

HeaterInternal

9

Analog out 2

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

12

Reference GND for analog out

Weight with wire

98 g

13

ShieldSealing

100 % humidity

14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1Mounting

Velcro15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

16Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

3

120 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Communication
Communication link

K-Line / CAN

Installation Notes
Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 2 years
Dimensions

For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The LT4 is featured with voltage compensation for the heating profile
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between
sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either tothe measuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not
to be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN
protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Lambdatronic LT4Order number F01T.A20.070-09

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 121

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

VelcroSize w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADV Integrated voltage compensation for sensor
heater
The Lambdatronic LT4 ADV is a control module designed to supply and control up to four BoschLSU ADV. The lambda sensor LSU ADV offers extended features as an improved robustness, a shorter
heating time and less influence from the ambientpressure.
The LSU ADV contains a Nernst cell and a pump cell.
The lambda value between the Nernst cell and an internal oxygen reference chamber is controlled tolambda 1.013, independent of the oxygen concentration on the emission side. This happens thanks tothe pump current throw the pump cell, responsible
for the transmission of oxygen atoms in the sensor
ceramic. The current proportional output voltage of
the IC is translated in a lambda value. The LT4 ADV
provides the sensors temperature and other diagnostics parameters over CAN. The 4 lambda signals
can be read by using the CAN or analog output.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is its compact design, its lightweight construction, as well as
the possibility to control up to 4 Lambda Sensors
LSU ADV with multiple user-configurable parameters.
Application
Application

Lambda 0.75 to 5

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU ADV

Channels

4

HeaterInternal

Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

Software Tool (free download)
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Characteristic
Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzConnectors and Wires
Connector

AS614-35PN

Connector loom
AS114-35SN

F02U.000.365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 - (low)8

Analog out 1

9Analog out 2

3

122 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

Installation Notes

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

12Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1

15Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Not connected

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM2To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between
sensor and box is recommended.

22

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

The unit is secure from miss-pinning.

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Not connected

The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either tothe measuring device or to the system ground.

25

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+330

Not connected

31

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Not connected

37

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Communication
Communication link

K-Line / CAN

Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 2 years
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program
The LT4 ADV is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADVThe LT4 ADV is featured with voltage compensation for the heating
profile.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.

A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not
to be exceeded.
See the LT4 ADV function sheet for software documentation (e.g.
CAN protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Order number F02U.V01.111-04

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 123

Dimensions

3124 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Weight53 g

Size (Single connector type)101.8 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Size (Double connector type)112.1 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connectors

Features ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface

Connector 1 (wide)

AS212-35PN

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Connector 2 (small)AS208-35PN

Mating connector AS608-35SN

F02U.000.430-01

Pinout Connector 1 (wide)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

Supply to DF11 (RR)

Supply to DF11 (RR)

2

Signal from DF11 (RR)

Signal from DF11 (RR)

3

Supply to DF11 (RL)

Supply to DF11 (RL)

4Signal from DF11 (RL)

Signal from DF11 (RL)

5

Supply to DF11 (FR)Supply to DF11 (FR)6Signal from DF11 (FR)Signal from DF11 (FR)7

Supply to DF11 (FL)

Supply to DF11 (FL)

8Signal from DF11 (FL)

Signal from DF11 (FL)9Signal to ABS (FL)

Signal to ABS (FL)10

DF11 supply from ABS(FL)

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)11

Signal to ABS (FR)Signal to ABS (FR)12

DF11 supply from ABS(FR)

DF11 supply from ABS (FR)13

Signal to ABS (RL)

Signal to ABS (RL)

14

DF11 supply from ABS(RL)

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

15

Signal to ABS (RR)

Signal to ABS (RR)

16

DF11 supply from ABS(RR)

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

17Open collector Signal to
ECU (FL)

Not used

18

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FR)

Not used Lightweight Aluminum Housing
Bosch Motorsport has developed a wheel speed
module that converts the Bosch DF11 (differential
dual hall sensors) signals to a signal that can be processed by peripheral engine controlling devices anddata recording systems. The adapter can be plugged
into any Bosch ABS M4 loom.
The operation principle is that it forwards the sensor
information to the ABS. In addition it converts the
speed info into a digital signal. The type of output isopen collector. The connected device needs to contain an internal pull up resistor of 2.15 kOhm to 12
V.
The interface is available in two different housings
supporting one connector or two connectors (seephoto). The single connector type is used if the signal is fed back into an especially pre-defined ABS
loom which connects e.g. to the original chassisloom. The double connector type is used if the
speed signal is broadcast to the peripheral device
via a separate loom.
The wheel speed signal splitter is designed to be
used in combination with the Bosch Motorsport ABS
system. Due to safety reasons it is not designed forusage in combination with other ABS systems.
Application
Application

ABS wheel speed sensor interface

Compatible sensor type

Bosch DF 11

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

19

UBat 12V

UBat 12V

Storage temperature range-20 to 85°C

20Open collector Signal to
ECU (RL)

Not used

21

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RR)

Not usedElectronics | Sensor Interfaces | 125

22

5

n.a.

Not used

Pinout Connector 2 (small)

6

n.a.

ECU Ground

Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

Legal Restrictions

1

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(FL)

2

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(FR)

3

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU(RL)4ECU Groundn.a.

Dimensions

Single Connector Type Housing

Not used

Open collector Signal to ECU(RR)The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Single Connector Type
Order number F02U.V00.335-03
Double Connector Type
Order number F02U.V00.203-03

3

126 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

Double Connector Type Housing

Connection Scheme

Electronics | Telemetry System | 127

RaceConnect

Features LTE-based online telemetry system for continuous transfer of vehicle data to scalable, location-independent receivers. Secured data transfer and handling between the racecar and thecloud portal.
 Modular systems architecture and multi-disciplinary engineering expertise yields flexible andfast service enhancement and development according to customer needs.
 The ready-to-use solution requires no further infrastructure at the track.
 Realization of any combination of unidirectional
communication routes between transmitter,
cloud and receiver, for example, multiple transmitters to one receiver or one transmitter tomultiple receivers.
 Full customer control and diagnostics due toaccessing racecar data and modem connection
status through the cloud interface.
RaceConnect combines years of expertise in component and system development with connectivity
and cloud competence. The ready-to-use package forvehicle data transmission, storage and post-processing includes hardware, connectivity solutions,software services and system integration expertise.
Ordering Information
RaceConnect

Please contact us for further information.
Order number on request3

128 | Electronics | Test SystemµLC Test System

3

Features User-friendly interface
 Functions can be extended with Expansion
Boards Prepared for test automation
 Favorable test setup, consuming low space Simulation of typical automotive interfaces
combined in one unit
The new and modern hardware-in-the-loop test system µLC Test System is suitable for mobile application, measuring a compact 17 x 11 x 6 cm. Initial test
setup typically takes under ten minutes, since thesystem allows for a simple test setup.
It is a compact open-loop test system for quality assurance of control unit development and combines
the simulation of all typical automotive sensors andcommunication protocols in one unit. Its interface isuser-friendly and enables an easy operation and evaluation.
The µLC Test System is especially used for automotive control units with typical interfaces for sensors
and bus systems such as analog/digital inputs andoutputs, PWM signals, SENT, CAN, LIN and speed
sensors.
Application
Engine Speed Simulation• Up to 20,000 rpm• Supported sensors: Hall, inductive, DG23i, TL4953• Up to 2 crankshafts, up to 4 camshafts– each is independently configurable– auxiliary shaft– -180 to 180° camshaft adjustment• Oscilloscope trigger signal for easier monitoring• Error simulation for engine position management EPM

Vehicle Busses• 2 * CAN, up to 1 MBit/s,
switchable 120 Ohm CAN bus terminator• LIN Master/Slave• SENT, full J2716 Jan. 2012 standard
4 Outputs, alternative to PWM output
Analog Interfaces• 8 * 10 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
Internal or external supply• 4 * 12 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
• 6 * 12 bit ADC 0 to 40 V, GND reference
Digital Interfaces• 6 * Digital Out, max. 200 mA in total
Output modes: Ground, 12 V, High impedance• 2 * Relays, max. 10 A, separate ECU power supply possible andincl. main relay sensing• 2 * PWM input, 1 Hz to 20 kHz• 4 * PWM output, max. 90 mA in total,
0.1 Hz to 20 kHz
Output voltages: 12 V, 5 V, GND• Complex PWM with sub signals, each separately adjustable infrequency, duty cycle and pulse count
Additional Features• Throttle body simulation• Cylinder pressure simulation– Up to 8 cylinders with one device– Expandable with multiple devices• USB connection completely galvanic decoupled• All in- and outputs short-circuit protected and ESD protected• EMC tested• Expansion boards for additional HW features• Multi device support with sync option for engine speed signals
Test Setup

Note: Calculation intensive modules like cylinderpressure simulation can cause a limitation of e.g.
the max. engine speed.
Technical Specifications
Operating voltage

12 V DC

Current consumption

typ. < 1 A

ECU voltage

12 V / 24 V DC

ECU current

10 A

Permissible operation temperature

0 to 40°C

Housing material

Aluminum

Dimensions

175 x 107 x 61 mm

Weight690 g

Electronics | Test System | 129

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering InformationµLC Test System
Order number F02U.V02.303-02
Software Options
Update and Support Subscription
Order number F02U.V02.838-01

The screenshot shows the MicroLC Software withanalog outputs, crank-/ camshaft, RPM and complex PWM.
Update and Support Subscription• Free in the first year of use, chargeable from the second year

Accessories
Expansion Board CAN-FD
Order number F02U.V03.095-01
Expansion Board Current Loop Interface
Order number F02U.V02.889-01
Expansion Board Digital Multichannel Potentiometer
Order number F02U.V03.129-01
Expansion Board Digital Outputs
Order number F02U.V02.904-01

3

130 | Electronics | Test System

Expansion Board CAN-FD• Adjustable bit rates and sample points with optional Transmission Delay compensation for high bit rates• Direct import of dbc and Fibex files• Short circuit proof
Technical Specifications

3

Parameter

Value

UBus,prot

±56 V

UCM

±30 V

RTerm

120 Ohm

Parameter

Value

Max. data rate (CAN)

1 Mbit/s

Max. data rate (CAN-FD)

5 Mbit/s

FilterRange-Filter for 11bit- and29bit-IDs

Resolution timestamp

1 ms

Features

Adjustable cycle times

1 ms - 65 s

 2 independent channels

Legal Restrictions

 Compatible with CAN and CAN-FD
 Switchable termination resistor
The Expansion Board CAN-FD extends the functionsof the μLC Test System without intervening in thesoftware and without additional enabling mechanisms. The card has two channels that are compatible
with classic CAN as well as with CAN-FD. For CANFD, data bit rates of up to 5 Mbit/s are supported.

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Expansion Board CAN-FD
Order number F02U.V03.095-01

Electronics | Test System | 131

Expansion Board Current Loop
InterfaceTS
Prefixed bit

35 to 45

Duty Cycle

737,000 µs

Stand still signal
duration

1,340 to 1,540 µs

Stand still signal

150,000 µs(de)activatable(de)activatable

AK
Engine speed-3,125 to 3,125 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

ParityEven / odd parity

LR-Bit(de)activatable

LM0-Bit(de)activatable

LM1-Bit(de)activatable

LM2-Bit(de)activatable

Stand still signal

150,000 µs

PWM-i

FeaturesEngine speed-2,500 to 2,500 rpm

 All common wheel speed sensors can be simulated

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

 Simulation of gear speeds possible

Duration LR

35 to 55 µs

Duration DR_L

80 to 100 µs

Duration DR_R

170 to 190 µs

Duration DR_L_EL

350 to 370 µs(de)activatable

Duration DR_R_EL

710 to 730 µs(de)activatable

Stand still signal
duration

1,430 to 1,450 µs

Stand still signal
period737,000 µs

 Speed calculation based on wheel circumference Current limits freely adjustable from 0 mA to 40
mA
The Expansion Board Current Loop Interface extends the functions of the µLC Test System without
intervening the software and without activating additional mechanisms. The numbered outputs are available for this purpose. Using the five provided channels it is possible to simulate up to five independent
sensors. With integrated Lua scripting and theprovided API it is possible to create automated tests.
Technical Specifications(de)activatable

PWM-sEngine speed-5,000 to 5,000 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

Legal Restrictions

TS
Engine speed-3,000 to 12,000 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

Signal duration forwards

35 to 55 µs

Signal duration
backwards

80 to 100 µs

Gaps

0 to 10The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Expansion Board Current Loop Interface
Order number F02U.V02.889-01

3132 | Electronics | Test System

Expansion Board Digital Multichannel Potentiometer

Application
Emulating Sensor Data
Designed to work for example with the sensor interface L9966(FlexI)

3

Technical Specifications
Maximum voltage on any input referred toµLC-GND-24 to 24 V

Electrical Characteristics
Parameter

Value

Unit

Minimum Resistance

50

Ohm

Maximum Resistance

500

kOhm

Step Size

1

Ohm

Resolution

19

Bit

Accuracy
Parameter

Value

Features

Entire Range±0.5 Ohm ±1 %

 4 independent, galvanically isolated, AC-capable channels

Legal Restrictions

 High accuracy and 19 Bit Resolution

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

 Overcurrent protection

Ordering Information

 Non-mechanical solid-state switches

Expansion Board Digital Multichannel Potentiometer
Order number F02U.V03.129-01

 Wide range of resistance: 50 Ohm to 500 kOhm

The Digital Multichannel Potentiometer Expansion
Board extends the functionality of the µLC Test System by seamless integration into an existing device.
It offers four independently configurable, galvanically isolated digital potentiometers with a wide
range of resistance and excellent accuracy. All fourchannels feature individual protection by an automatic overcurrent shutdown with automatic retry.

DimensionsElectronics | Test System | 133

3

134 | Electronics | Test System

Expansion Board Digital Outputs

Application
Output voltage

Min

Max

µLC 3.1

-1 V

24 V

Technical Specifications

3

DC characteristics
Parameters

Conditions

Value

Uout

Output = Low<1.1 V

Uin-Uout

Output = High<1.8 V

Rout

Output = High-Z>10 MOhm

Iout, prot

Channel shutdown threshold±1 A∏Iout, prot

Shutdown threshold total current all outputs±3.33 A

Timing measured at Uin = 24 V
Parameters

Conditions

Value

trise

Load of 500 Ohm to GND

58 µs

Load of 500 Ohm to 24 V

0.3 µsWithout load

62 µs

Load of 500 Ohm to GND

0.8 µsLoad of 500 Ohm to 24 V

5.5 µsWithout load

12 µs

Features 14 additional digital outputs includedtfall Short circuit proof
 Change to individual states possible: Low, High,
High-ZThe Expansion Board Digital Outputs extends thefunctions of the µLC Test System without interventing the software and without activating additional
mechanisms. Digital Outputs provides 14 digital outputs, which can be switched individually to thestates Low, High or High-Z. All outputs can beswitched simultaneously.

trestart *33.6 ms*: Restart time after overcurrent
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Expansion Board Digital Outputs
Order number F02U.V02.904-01

Fuel & Spark

4

Diesel System Components

136

Fuel Pressure Regulators

137

Fuel Pumps

146

Ignition Coils

157

Ignition Modules

187

Injection Valves192

136 | Fuel & Spark | Diesel System Components

Diesel System Components• Definition of suitable base components from other (or larger)
engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit
the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number of holes, spray
cone angle etc.).
Technical Specifications

4

Common Rail
Pumps

CP1H, CP3, CP4

Rails

Features Modification of Common Rail systems
 Different modification levels available All hydraulic parts available
The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine
components are more dependent upon the application than those for gasoline engines. A single injector
design will not fit all Diesel engines due to varying
mechanical and nozzle geometry requirements. In
addition, the injection system can vary from year toyear even within the same make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technology for racing that was developed for production
vehicle applications. This includes both solenoid(magnetic) technology and the latest cutting-edge
piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:
Dimensions

Max. 6 cyl./bankPressure Sensors

RDS

Injectors

CRI 2 (Solenoid),
CRI 3 (Piezo)

Pressure Control
ValvesDRVMax. 2,400 bar

Max. 2,400 bar

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on ourDiesel components, please have the following information ready so that we may best determine
components required for your application:• The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed• Model year and type of car / engine• The base output level and the desired output level for the engine• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components: the part numbers of the Bosch components• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer part number of theoriginal injection system.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 137

Overview

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 2

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 5

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini AFPR Adaptor light

4

•
•
•
•
•

5 to 10 bar
30 to 400 l/h reflow
Adjusted at 105 l/h
Aluminum housing
All versions Methanol compatible

•
•
•
•

5 bar
15 to 220 l/h reflow
Adjusted at 105 l/h
Sheet steel housing

•
•
•
•

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 bar
15 to 220 l/h reflow
Pressure adjustable
Sheet steel housing• Aluminum housing• Fits to production type regulators and Motorsport regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 5,
Mini A)• Very light weight138 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Mechanical Data
Diameter

38.1+0.1-0.2 mm

WeightCa. 61 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring 25x2.5

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.1 mm, O-ring 5x2.5

Installation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Features

Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.

 5 to 10 bar

Using the FPR Adaptor light F02U.V02.248-01, you can rebuild
the regulator an inline type.

 30 to 400 l/h reflow

This pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

 Adjusted at 105 l/h

Legal Restrictions

 Aluminum housing

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

 All versions Methanol compatible
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as formethanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 5.0 bar
Order number F02U.V02.166-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 6.0 bar

Application

Order number F02U.V02.168-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M100

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Pressure Range 8.0 bar

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Order number F02U.V02.171-01

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information

Pressure Range 7.0 bar
Order number F02U.V02.170-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 10.0 bar
Order number F02U.V02.172-01
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 139

Dimensions

4

Complete dimensions on offer drawing at www.bosch-motorsport.com

140 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/hConnectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
Features
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, airbox pressure or manifold pressure.

 5 bar 15 to 220 l/h reflow

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

 Adjusted at 105 l/hPlease oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.

 Sheet steel housing
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator
especially for motorsport use and increased thepressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return
flow rate.
Application

Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.
This pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.
Legal Restrictions

Pressure range

5 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Ordering Information

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline (E85 or M15 withshortened lifetime)

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0280.B02.722-03
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 141

Dimensions

4142 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

4

Installation Recommendation

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 143

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, airbox pressure or manifold pressure.
FeaturesNever run the regulator without the integrated filter.

 2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 bar

Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.

 15 to 220 l/h reflow

Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.

 Pressure adjustable

When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.

 Sheet steel housing
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator
was specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustabilityof the fuel pressure.
Application

Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.
This pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Pressure range

2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Ordering Information

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Pressure Range 2.2 to 3.5 bar

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Pressure Range 3.5 to 5.0 bar

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Order number B280.550.341-04

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 HzFPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

Order number B280.550.340-03
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

4

144 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Installation Recommendation

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 145

FPR Adaptor light

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications

4

Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Heigth55 mm

Weight

92 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6screws into housing or M5
screws through housing

Connectors and Wires
Features Aluminum housing Fits to production type regulators andMotorsport regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 5,
Mini A) Very light weightThis adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator.
The adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator as well as a motorsport regulator. Delivery
without regulator.
Dimensions

Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

146 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Overview

Fuel Pump FP 165

Fuel Pump FP 200-7

Fuel Pump FP 200-E

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

•
•
•
•

• >200 l/h• Internal pressure limitingvalve• 750 g• Fuel lines screwed• Internal pre-filter on suction
side with 300 µm• >200 l/h• No internal pressure limitingvalve• 750 g• Fuel lines screwed• Internal pre-filter on suction
side with 300 µm

•
•
•
•
•

4

>165 l/hMax. 5 bar
980 g
Fuel lines screwed

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam
Max. 500 bar
585 g
Integrated Flow Control Valve
Internal Pressure Relief ValveMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam
200 bar
780 g
Integrated Flow Control Valve
Internal Pressure Relief ValveFuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 147

Fuel Pump FP 165

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

4

Features >165 l/h Max. 5 bar
 980 g Fuel lines screwed
The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuelcan be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining good quality at a low price.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Fuel pressure

5 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

205 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Installation Notes

Fuel compatibility

Up to E85 with shorter lifetime

With E26/E85 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Diesel compatibility

Not released

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Legal Restrictions

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length168 mmWeight

980 g

Mounting

Clamping

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 165
Order number 0580.254.979

148 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 149

Fuel Pump FP 200-7

Max. vibration
IEC 60068-2-34

10 Hz 19,4 (m/s2)2/Hz
300 Hz 0,654 (m/s2)2/Hz
1.000 Hz 0,059 (m/s2)2/Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length197 mmWeight750 g(864 g incl. cable kit)

Mounting

Clamping

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 15 V (26 V for 60 s)

Operating voltage

13 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

≤ 17 A

Characteristic
Features >200 l/h
 Internal pressure limiting valve

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Over-pressure valve

Internal

 750 g Fuel lines screwed Internal pre-filter on suction side with 300 µm
The FP 200-7 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank (installation in thetank is not proven).
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 7 bar. Bio-fuelcan be delivered up to E100 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200-7 is compatible with Gasoline and Diesel
fuel. It is the replacement for the 0580.254.044 aftermarket fuel pump with higher performance.
Application
Fuel pressure

Up to 7,5 bar

Gasoline delivery rate at 5 barand 22°C>220 to 270 l/hDiesel delivery rate at 7 bar and
22°C>185 to 235 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

8,0 to 10,0 bar

Fuel compatibility

Up to E100 with shorter lifetime

Diesel compatibility

Given

Operating temperature range-40 to 80°C
≤90°C for ≤5 h over 1.000 h
lifetime≤105°C for ≤1 h over 50 h lifetime

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

4

150 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
Up to E100 with shorter lifetime

4

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Ordering Information

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Fuel Pump FP 200-7
Order number F.02U.V03.136-01

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dimensions

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 151

Fuel Pump FP 200-E

Max. vibration
IEC 60068-2-34

10 Hz 19,4 (m/s2)2/Hz
300 Hz 0,654 (m/s2)2/Hz
1.000 Hz 0,059 (m/s2)2/Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length197 mmWeight750 g(864 g incl. cable kit)

Mounting

Clamping

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 15 V (26 V for 60 s)

Operating voltage

13 V

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

< 20 A

Characteristic
Features >200 l/h
 No internal pressure limiting valve

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Over-pressure valve

Without

 750 g Fuel lines screwed Internal pre-filter on suction side with 300 µm
The FP 200-E is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank (installation in thetank is not proven).
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 8 bar. Bio-fuelcan be delivered up to E100 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200-E is compatible with Gasoline and Diesel
fuel.
Application
Fuel pressure

Max. 8,0 bar

Gasoline delivery rate at 8 barand 22°C>200 l/h

Diesel delivery rate at 7 bar and
22°C>180 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

Without. Subsequent assembly
possible on pressure side bycustomer

Fuel compatibility

Up to E100 with shorter lifetime

Diesel compatibility

Given

Operating temperature range-40 to 80°C
≤90°C for ≤5 h over 1.000 h
lifetime≤105°C for ≤1 h over 50 h lifetime

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

4

152 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Be careful, there is no over-pressure valve inside.
Legal Restrictions

Installation Notes
Up to E100 with shorter lifetime
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Dimensions

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 200-E
Order number 0580.B00.12U-50

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 153

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure Standard version

200 barPossible customization
Rev B (iPRV)

500 bar or customization

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts(outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

freeElectrical connector orientation

45° or customization
M14 x 1.5 or customization

FeaturesHydraulic connection
design Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Hydraulic connection orientation

LP 240° or customization, HP
180° or customization

 200 bar 780 gWeightApprox. 780 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

 Integrated Flow Control Valve

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

 Internal Pressure Relief Valve

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

The HDP 5 is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery
volume as well as high efficiency, as needed in
motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different flow
requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5 is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. It does
not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the highpressure fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g.
fuel consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend
different types of tappets, piston springs and cam
profiles. Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depend on cam profile and type oftappet.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

Application

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flangeorientation.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire lengthwith your order.

Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

Series4

154 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Legal Restrictions

Ordering Information

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Standard version

Series wire + compact connector
Order number F02U.V00.912-03
Standard version

Series wire + motorsport connector
Order number F02U.V01.114-03

4

Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request
Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.163-01

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 155

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

Lightweight

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure

500 bar or customization

Possible customization
Rev C (EVO)

Features Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts(outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

Free

Electrical connector orientation

0° or customization

Hydraulic connection
designM14 x 1.5 or customization

WeightApprox. 585 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

 Max. 500 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

 585 gStorage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

 Integrated Flow Control Valve Internal Pressure Relief ValveThe HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston pump with a light weight housing. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume as well as highefficiency, as needed in motorsport applications.
Modifications in the number of cam lobes and cam
lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure
relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This
pump does not require a fuel return line into the fueltank.
The pump has an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the highpressure fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g.
fuel consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend
different types of tappets, piston springs and cam
profiles. Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depend on cam profile and type oftappet.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Hydraulic connection orientation

Fixed

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.
Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flangeorientation.

Application

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire lengthwith your order.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet4156 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Legal Restrictions

Ordering Information

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request
Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories

4

Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.163-01

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 157

Overview

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

4

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Fits to spark plugs with aceramic diameter of 8 mm

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Fits to spark plugs with aceramic diameter of 10 mm

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Developed for Turbo-GDI engines

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Boosted spark current
Max. 15,000 1/min
Developed for engines withhigh gas turbulences

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

Ignition Coil P65

Ignition Coil P65-T• Max. 35 kV• Max. 90 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire• Max. 15,000 1/min• Developed for Turbo-GDI engines

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

• Max. 33 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)• Developed for GDI engines

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

Ignition Coil P65-WG

Ignition Coil P65-WS

Ignition Coil PS-T

• Max. 33 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire• Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)• Developed for GDI engines• Max. 35 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for 30 kV highvoltage wire with locking pin(European standard)• Max. 10,000 1/min• Developed for GDI engines• Max. 35 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire according to SAE (American standard)• Max. 10,000 1/min• Developed for GDI engines

•
•
•
•

Max. 35 kVMax. 50 mJ
Max. 3.0 kV/µs
Max. 10,000 1/min
High voltage contacting via
high voltage wire and spark
plug connector possible

Max. 35 kVMax. 65 mJ
Max. 10,000 1/min
Developed for GDI engines

Max. 27 kVMax. 42 mJ
Max. 1.5 kV/µs
Max. 10,000 1/min

158 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 40 kV Max. 90 mJ

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

 Max. 15,000 1/min

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

 Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8mm
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order
Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length80 to 225 mm, depending on
customer requirements

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 159

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

Legal Restrictions

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Design Note

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E8
Order number depending on customer requirements

Spark energy
Dimensions

4160 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 40 kV Max. 90 mJ

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Wire length

100 cm Max. 15,000 1/min

Wire size

AWG 20/22

 Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of
10 mmThis single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order
Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

18 V

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm, depending on
customer requirements

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 161

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

Legal Restrictions

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Design Note

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E10
Order number depending on customer requirements

Spark energy
Dimensions4162 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic

4

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

 Max. 40 kV

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

 Max. 90 mJ

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order Max. 15,000 1/min
 Developed for Turbo-GDI engines
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Primary current≤ 16 A

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 163

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time

Design Note

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro

Sample manufactured
Order number 0221.B00.256-01
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Order number F037.000.996
Spark energy

Dimensions4164 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

4High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 265 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 0.65 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cm Max. 40 kV

Wire size

AWG 20/22

 Max. 90 mJ

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm Boosted spark current

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order Max. 15,000 1/min
 Developed for engines with high gas turbulences
This single fire coil was developed for engines thatneed a stable spark because of their higher turbulences at the air fuel mixture inside the cylinder. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.90

5.50

9.80

12.80

8V

2.15

2.90

4.10

4.50

4.80

10 V

1.50

1.96

2.66

2.86

3.03

3.38

12 V

1.15

1.50

2.00

2.13

2.24

2.46

14 V

0.94

1.20

1.60

1.70

1.78

1.94

16 V

0.79

1.00

1.32

1.41

1.48

1.60

16.5 V

0.76

0.97

1.27

1.35

1.42

1.54

18 V

0.68

0.69

1.14

1.21

1.26

1.37

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 165

Installation Notes

ti = f (Ubatt)
14,00

12,00

dwell time / ms

10,00

6V
8V
10V

8,00

12V
14V

6,00

16V

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

16,5V

4,00

18V

Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.

2,00

0,00
8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0

22,0

I primary / A

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Design Note

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

36.5 mJ

0.366 ms

167 mA

28 kV

12 A

55 mJ

0.446 ms

197 mA

31.3 kV

15 A

86.2 mJ

0.567 ms

246 mA

35 kV

Legal Restrictions

16 A

93.6 mJ

0.592 ms

263 mA

35.6 kV

17 A

100.7 mJ

0.62 ms

274 mA

36 kV

20 A

116 mJ

0.67 ms

305 mA

36.6 kVThe sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

0,9
mA

260
210

0,7
ms

160
mJ

110

0,5

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo
Order number F037.000.997

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA & High
Voltage Offering / kV

Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary)
310

Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm
Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm
Spark Current

60

Spark Duration

kV

10

0,3
8

10

12

14

16

I primary / A

Spark Energy
Dimensions

18

20

22

4

166 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector primary side

On request

Mating connector primary side

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Features

30 kV grid connectors

See Accessories

 Max. 35 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 90 mJ

Please specify the required wire length if you order the coil with amotorsport connector.

 Connection for high voltage wire
 Max. 15,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U batt
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

 Developed for Turbo-GDI engines
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed to connect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The main benefit of this high performance coil is its
high energy capability.
Application

I primary
17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Primary current≤ 16 A

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length83 mm

Weight w/o wire

210 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage≤ 35 kV

Dwell time

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 167

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

Design Note

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-WG
Order number F02U.V02.430-01
Accessories

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

High Voltage Connector straight

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015
High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Order number 1350.521.001

Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

High Voltage Wire 50 m

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Dimensions

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5956.563.015

4168 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Mechanical Data

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data

4

Primary resistance with wire

370 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Features

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
 Max. 35 kV Max. 50 mJ
 Max. 3.0 kV/µs

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D261.205.335-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

 Max. 10,000 1/min

Pin 2

Engine GND

 High voltage contacting via high voltage wireand spark plug connector possible

Pin 3

Ubatt

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A
high voltage ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The coil P50 requires an ECU with internal ignition
power stages for each single fire coil.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.
Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

Technical Specifications
Variations
P50

P50-M

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector-+

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 169

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
The coil P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Usage above Iprim > 8.5 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.

Dwell time

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kVIn case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

Design Note

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P50
Order number 0221.504.001

Spark energy

Ignition Coil P50-M

Motorsport version
Order number F02U.V00.869-01
Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1354.489.085

4170 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 171

Ignition Coil P65

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

 Max. 35 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 65 mJ

U batt Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Technical Specifications

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

Mechanical Data

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Length180 mmWeight w/o wire

225 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm
Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

172 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

4

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Dimensions

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65
Order number 0221.504.024

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 173

Ignition Coil P65-T

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]
 Max. 33 kV

U batt
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

 Max. 65 mJ
 Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time) Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration2≤ 480 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

I primary

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Mechanical Data
Length143 mmWeight223 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm
Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

174 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kVIn case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

4
Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-T
Order number 0221.604.024

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 175

Dimensions

4176 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage
Characteristic

4

Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector primary side

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector primary side

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

30 kV grid connector

See Accessories

Characteristic dwell times [ms]
 Max. 33 kV

U batt
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

 Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire
 Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time) Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed toconnect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The coil has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

I primary

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length83 mm

Weight210 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Dwell time

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 177

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

Design Note

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-TWG
Order number F02U.V02.429-01

Spark Energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).

Accessories
High Voltage Connector straight

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015
High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035

The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.

M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Please ask your local Bosch Service

Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Order number 1350.521.001
High Voltage Wire 50 m

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5956.563.015

4178 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 179

Ignition Coil P65-WG

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 35 kV Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for 30 kV high voltage wire withlocking pin (European standard)

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the European standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application

Dwell time

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

180 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

4

Legal Restrictions

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kVThe sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Ordering Information

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

Ignition Coil P65-WG
Order number F02U.V01.927-01

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

Accessories

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kVHigh Voltage Connector straight

Spark energy

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Order number 0356.200.015
High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1350.521.001
High Voltage Wire 50 m

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5956.563.015

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 181

Dimensions

4182 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-WS

4

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 35 kV Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire according to
SAE (American standard)

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application

Dwell time

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 183

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note

Spark energy

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

Legal Restrictions

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kVThe sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-WS
Order number F02U.V01.926-01

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Accessories

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

Order number 0356.250.035

High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service4184 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 185

Ignition Coil PS-T

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D261.205.336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Engine GND

Pin 4

Ubatt

 Max. 27 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 42 mJ

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U batt Max. 1.5 kV/µs
 Max. 10,000 1/min
This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed
for cylinder head installation.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting. It is a basic concept for ignition applications.
Application
Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

186 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note4

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Legal Restrictions
Spark energy
Installation Notes

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Ordering Information

The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
Dimensions

Ignition Coil PS-T
Order number 0221.604.103

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 187

Overview

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Ignition Module IM 4

4

• Max. 3 cylinders• 47 g• Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition power stage
like MS 6• Especially adapted for Coils
P50(-M) and P65• Max. 4 cylinders• 54 g• Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition power stage
like MS 6• Especially adapted for Coils
P50(-M) and P65

188 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring
washerOperating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CElectrical Data

4

UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic
Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used Max. 3 cylinders

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

 47 gConnectors and Wires Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-poleMating connector
7-pole Jetronic

F02U.B00.252-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

 Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65
This module is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 6.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance
to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with Coils P50(-M) and P65 orcomparable coils.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. rpm (ensure chilled
mounting position)

8,000

Max. vibration

A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.
2

400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Mechanical Data
Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 189

Legal Restrictions

Ordering Information

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0227.100.203

Dimensions

4190 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 4

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring
washerElectrical Data

4

UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 4-poleMating connector
Jetronic 4-poleD261.205.351-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4

 Max. 4 cylinders

Pin 2

Collector transistor 3

 54 gPin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 5-poleMating connector
Jetronic 5-poleD261.205.352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4

 Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6
 Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65
This module is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 6.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance
to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.
Application

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with Coils P50(-M) and P65 orcomparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. rpm (ensure chilled
mounting position)

8,000

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.
Legal Restrictions

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

54 g

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0227.100.211

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 191

Dimensions

4192 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Overview

Injection Valve EV 14

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2• Flow rate at 3 bar: up to
1,000 g/min (n-heptane)• Max. 8 bar• Conical spray or 2-spray• With or without extension• Spray angle 15 to 85°• Flow rate at 100 bar: up to
1,640 g/min (n-heptane)• Max. 500 bar• Multi hole
• Spray angle 8 to 20°

4Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 193

Injection Valve EV 14

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistanceSee variations

Fuel compatibility

E85
Use with different media is not
permitted.

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

4Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo,
Motorsport connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Legal Restrictions
Features Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,000 g/min (nheptane)
 Max. 8 bar

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

 Conical spray or 2-spray

EV 14 ES, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.200

 With or without extension

EV 14 CL, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.107
EV 14 ES, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.013

 Spray angle 15 to 85°
EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the
EV 6 injection valve technology. EV 14 xT are thelatest revision of the EV 12.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

EV 14 EL, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.116
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-09
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-10

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

EV 14 CKxT, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.038

Max. 5 bar (8 bar for
motorsport use)

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021

EV 14 ESxT, 429 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.123
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-08
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-07
EV 14 CKxT, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.040
EV 14 CS, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.487-01
EV 14 ES, 697 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.469-01

Housing design

Compact (K), Standard (S),Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2Spray)

Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2431.314.021

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

151 to 1,462 cm³/min
103.5 to 1,000 g/min

Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2431.314.018

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Accessories

194 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Dimensions
Spray bent to the „right“, Delta=0°

Spray bent „down“ (away from electr. connector), Delta=90°

Delta 0°Alpha
Delta 90°

Gamma

4

Alpha

Gamma

Spray bent to the „left“, Delta=180°

Spray bent „up“ (towards electr. connector), Delta=270°

Alpha
Delta 270°
Gamma

Delta 180°

Gamma

Delta Angel

Housing Variations

AlphaFuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 1954

196 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

4

Mounting Instructions

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 197

Variations of Motorsport Valves
Part No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance

B280.436.038-07
503 g/736 cm³
C
S
70°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-08
503 g/736 cm³
C
S
25°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-09
387 g/566 cm³
C
S
70°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-10
387 g/566 cm³
C
S
25°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.487-01
670 g/980 cm³
C
S
30°
0°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158.013
150 g/219 cm³
E
S
19°
0°
90°
12 Ohm0280.158.038
237 g/347 cm³
C
KxT
20°
0°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158 116
237 g/347 cm³
E
L
22°
5°
90°
12 OhmVariations of Production Type Valves
Part No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance0280.158.200
116 g/170 cm³
E
S
15°
90°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158.107
150 g/219 cm³
C
L
20°
0°
0°
12 OhmPart No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance0280.158.123
429 g/627 cm³
E
SxT
25°
0°
90°
12 Ohm0280 .158.040
670 g/980 cm³
C
KxT
30°
0°
0°
12 OhmFurther variations are available on request.

4

198 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Flow rate at 100 bar (nheptane)

up to 1,640 g/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±4 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Data
Features

Booster supply

65 V

Booster current

13.4 A Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,640 g/min (nheptane)

Booster time

480 μsPower supply

12 V

 Max. 500 bar

Pick up current

9.4 A

 Multi hole

Pick up time

704 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.7 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mOhm (ambient temp.)

 Spray angle 8 to 20°
The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fueland air. It is an inward opening solenoid injector
which is optimized regarding very short opening andclosing times which ensures a very stable linearity atshort injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability
concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also theflow rate can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers
the spray targeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application
conditions will not match the listed performancedata, please ask for consultancy at Bosch
Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed
sample, Bosch offers cost effective production HDEV
5.2 on request.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D261.205.359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D261.205.288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport PowerStage Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip
will not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.

Application at 100 bar (typical)

308 to 1,640 g/min

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

Up to 500 bar

Operating temperature range-31 to 130°C

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Ordering Information

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Legal Restrictions

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 199

Dimensions

4

Spray variations, further variations on request

200 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves4Actuators

5

Electronic Throttle Body

202

Wiper Motor

205

202 | Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Electronic Throttle Body

82 mmElectrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Connectors and Wires

5

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes

Features

For correct mounting please respect the hints on the next page
“Mounting position”.

 Many bore diameters available

The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

 Throttle position sensor is redundant

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

 For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG

Two redundant sensors control the up to date throttle position.

 Idle default position

All ETBs have an idle air position.

The throttle body is designed to control the fresh airof spark ignition engines in combination with anelectronic throttle control system. ETB applications
with flex-fuel, CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following components: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal
module and electronic control unit.
You will find the available bore diameters in the variations table.

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
Order number 0280.750.148
Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
Order number 0280.750.149

Application
Temperature range-40 to 140°C

Electronic Throttle Body 44 mm
Order number 0280.750.137

Max. vibration

50 to 250 m/s2 at 50 Hz to 2
kHz

Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
Order number F02U.V01.171-01

Technical Specifications

Electronic Throttle Body 50 mm
Order number 0280.Y05.107-10

Mechanical Data

Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Order number F02U.V01.184-01

Available bore diameters

32 mm
40 mm
44 mm
46 mm
50 mm
52 mm
54 mm
60 mm
68 mm

Electronic Throttle Body 54 mm
Order number 0280.750.150
Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Order number 0280.750.151
Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
Order number 0280.750.156
Electronic Throttle Body 82 mm
Order number 0280.750.101

Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body | 203

Dimensions
Mounting position5204 | Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Variations

5

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Body 32 mm

Body 40 mm

Body 44 mm

Body 46 mm

Body 50 mm

Bore Diameter (mm)Connector

32
D261.205.358-01

40
D261.205.358-01

44
D261.205.358-01

46
D261.205.356-01

50
D261.205.358-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 DPin 5 E

Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2

Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Flange diameter (mm)

40

50

50

58

58

Hole circle diameter(mm)50 x 5050 x 5050 x 5053 x 53

53 x 53

Weight (kg)Max. air flow rate*

0.9
394 kg/h at 85° angle

0.9
695 kg/h at 85° angle

0.9
not specified

0.95
978 kg/h at 85° angle

0.95
not specified

Opening direction**counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Body 52 mm

Body 54 mm

Body 60 mm

Body 68 mm

Body 82 mm

Bore Diameter (mm)

52

54

60

68

82

Connector
Pin 1 A

D261.205.356-01
Poti 1

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Motor -

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 D

Poti 2Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Pin 5 E
Pin 6 F

Motor +
Poti +

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Flange diameter (mm)

58

70

68.5

75

90

Hole circle diameter (mm)53 x 53

60 x 60

60 x 60

65 x 65

75 x 75

Weight (kg)

0.95

0.95

0.95

1.1

1.1

Max. air flow rate*
Opening direction***ambient conditions:

not specified
not specified
counterclockwise
counterclockwise
Air pressure : 1,000 mbar
Differential pressure Δp: 600 mbar ± 25 mbar
Rel. humidity rF: 40 %not specified
counterclockwise

not specified
counterclockwise

not specified
counterclockwise

Air temperature T: 24°C**Opening direction is related to view. See drawing on bottom of chapter "Dimensions".

Actuators | Wiper Motor | 205

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Mechanical Data
Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wipe cycles/min

Depending on wipe angle

Max. wipe angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gMax. vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1
in combination with silentblocks (see www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

LIN Protocol
 Analog and LIN versions available

LIN Version

2.0

 Optimized hardware for motorsport applications

LIN Speed

19.2 kbaud

Message ID

0x31

 Customer specific calibration of wiping angles
and speed

BYTE 0 Value

0

0

Kl. X

Kl. 15Counter

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 1 Value

SPD2

SPD1

INT

SST

INT Mode

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 2 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 3 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 4 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 5 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing movements instead of rotating 360° like a
conventional wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed
by integrated control electronics. The user is able tocontrol the desired operating mode simply byswitching its analog inputs to ground (Analog version) or via LIN (LIN version). The gear, the motor
and the electronics are all installed in the same
housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears andthe possibility of programming the operating speed
and end positions of all its function modes, upon request.
Application
Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
WDA Analog Operating modes

WDA LIN Operating modes

•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2

•
•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2Single stroke

Byte

Bit

SignalExplanation

Values[dez]

0

0 to 3

Counter

The counter has to be
increased with each
LIN-message

0 to 15

0

4

Kl. 15

Clamp 15 Bit has to
be enabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

0

5

Kl. X

Clamp X Bit has to beenabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

5

206 | Actuators | Wiper Motor

1

1

5

0 to 3

4

INT
Mode

Interval Mode (enabled if operation
mode interval is set)

SST

Interval
speed:
1=1
2=5
3=9
4=13

Single stroke operation mode (enabled
once if Bit is set temporary)

ON=1
OFF=0

1

5

INT

Operation mode interval

ON=1
OFF=0

1

6

SPD1

Operation mode
speed 1

ON=1
OFF=0

1

7

SPD2

Operation mode
speed 2

ON=1
OFF=0

STOP

Operation mode stopis enabled if SST, INT,
SPD1 and SPD2 are
OFF (default)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Mating connector

F02U.B00.542-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request
Pinout Analog

For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program
The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs
between ground and voltage supply.
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Masterfunction. Further information about the LIN-Frame available uponrequest.
Make sure that the wiper is in its workspace when restarting after a
power failure (upper and lower limit).
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.
The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.
LIN ID 0x32 (Tx) is used for internal WDA diacnostic porpouses.
Make sure that the LIN ID 0x32 is not used in your LIN network by
any other device.
Delivery Status
The motor will be delivered with three mounting screws. The
screws are pre-assembled with a few thread turns.
• Self-tapping screw referred to DIN 7500
• PE M6x20• Maximum tightening torque: 8 Nm

Pin 1

AN2

Pin 2

AN1

Pin 3

Gnd

Legal Restrictions

Pin 4

US

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Pinout LIN
Pin 1

LIN

Pin 2

Special functions, e.g. Master/Slave

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

Ordering Information
WDA LIN
Order number F02U.V00.838-04

Installation Notes

WDA Analog
Order number F02U.V00.938-03

Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 1 year

Accessories
Silentblock
Order number F02U.003.027-01

Actuators | Wiper Motor | 207

Dimensions

5208 | Actuators | Wiper Motor5

Sensors

6

Air Pressure

210

Fluid Pressure

217

Knock

230

Lambda237

Pressure & Temperature

247

Rotary Position

259

Speed

261

Steering Wheel Angle

279

Temperature

281

Vehicle Dynamics

294

210 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Overview

6

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N• Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar
or 0.2 to 2.5 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 20 g

• Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 21 g

• Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar• Response time: 0.1 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 11 to 16 V
• Weight: 21 g

Sensors | Air Pressure | 211

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-4.8 mV

30.4 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Dat
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Features Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar
 Response time: 1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 20 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to
1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar

Application
Application

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Technical Specifications
Variations
PS-AA (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PS-AA (0.2 to 2.50
bar)Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.016 bar± 0.034 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %± 1.48 %6

212 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Expansion of Tolerance

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

RB-COMP 1.1a/3P/Kod.1

Mating connector

D261.205.366-01

Safety Note

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Legal Restrictions

Installation Notes

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

The PS-AA is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.

Ordering Information

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.

0.1 to 1.15 bar

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Dimensions

Order number 0261.230.216
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

0.2 to 2.5 bar
Order number 0261.230.284

Sensors | Air Pressure | 213

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.030 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.07 %Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVTolerance

Features Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar
 Response time: 1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 21 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and an electronic for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Connectors and Wires
Connector

RB-COMP 1.1a/3P/Kod.1

Mating connector

D261.205.366-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Technical Specifications

Pin 3

Sig

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Installation Notes

Weight w/o wire

21 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

The PS-AS is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

6214 | Sensors | Air Pressure

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS
Order number 0281.002.996

6

Dimensions

Sensors | Air Pressure | 215

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Electrical Data
Power supply US

11 to 16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.7 V

Typical current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1.0 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS)± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %Sensitivity

4,041.62 mV/bar

Offset-4.16 mV

Tolerance

6

Features Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar
 Response time: 0.1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 11 to 16 V

Expansion of Tolerance Weight: 21 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronics for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is analog.
Application
Application

0.1 to 1.15 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Connectors and Wires

Max. pressure

5 bar

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C-40 to 125°C

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Media temp. range
Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Pin

Function

Wire color

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

1

US

WHT/ORG

2

Gnd

WHT/BLU

3

Sig

WHT

4

-

5

-

Max. vibration

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

2 x #4-40 screws

Fitting

Flat O-ring boss

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Weight w/o wire

21 g

SleeveDR-25

SealingO-ring 4.5 x 1.5 mm

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

64.5 cm

216 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The PSA-N is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau 02 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).

EMC Requirement

UNECE10

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Surface finish of the mounting surface should not exceed 0.8 micro meters RMS.
Surface flatness tolerance at sensor mount interface must not exceed +/- 0.025 mm after sensor is torqued in place.

Ordering Information

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

AS terminatedPressure Sensor Air PSA-N
Order number F02U.V0U.197-03
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Flying Lead
Order number F02U.V0U.197-91

Dimensions

TOP

42.02

20.32

10.16

34.40

1000

2.50

8.57

13.34

27.94

2
10.16

6

Fullfilled Legal Standards/Legal Requirements

VITON O-RING
1.5 CS 4.5 ID

3.18

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 217

Overview

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-10Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-260

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSMSA

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-10• Application: 0 to 10 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms (5 V
Variant) or 1 ms (12 V Variant)• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 or 12 V
• Weight: 45 g

• Application: 0 to 260 bar• Response time: 2 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 35 g

• Application: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10,
20, 35, 60, 70, 100, 200,
350, 700 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 8 to 30 V
• Weight: 13 g

• Application: 1 to 11 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 45 g

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-140/260/420/600• Application: 0 to 250 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms• Pressure reference type: Relative• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 45 g

• Application: 0 to 140, 260,
420, 600 bar• Response time: 2 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 35 g

6

218 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Technical Specifications
Variations

6

Features

PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

9 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0 to 5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

500 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

0 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Sig

Pin 4

US

-

Pin 5

-

-

Mechanical Data Application: 0 to 10 bar
 Response time: 1.5 ms (5 V Variant) or 1 ms (12V Variant) Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 5 or 12 V

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 8.1 x 1.6 mm

Electrical Data

 Weight: 45 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor
is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low price.
Application
Application

0 to 10 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

SleeveDR-25

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 219

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F02U.V01.268-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

9 to 30 V
Order number F02U.V01.295-01

M10x1

Dimensions

9.5
12

11
12

6

220 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 ± 2 Nm in aluminum
32.5 ± 2.5 Nm in steel

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic
Features Application: 0 to 260 bar

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15.38 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Response time: 2 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 5 V

Connectors and Wires Weight: 35 g
The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolute pressure in gasoline direct injection applications. This sensor is also compatible with other kindof fluids e.g. Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil orbrake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve
high accuracy pressure measurements. The stainlesssteel measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure
ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independent measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its wide measurement range and its robust andcompact design.
Application
Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

560 m/s2 at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
SleeveDR-25

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Installation Notes
The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units.
Please consider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F02U.002.711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 221

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F02U.V00.990-03
Accessories
Adapter
Order number F02U.002.711-01

Dimensions

6

Sensor

Adapter

222 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

11 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Weight13 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

6

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic
Compensated range

20 to 120°C

FeaturesLong term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year Application: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20, 35, 60, 70, 100,
200, 350, 700 bar

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi) Response time: 1 ms

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 % FSO/
100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar or
150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

 Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 8 to 30 V
 Weight: 13 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as aforce collector. The force is transferred to a solidstate piezo-resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of noncompressible silicone oil. The
housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU603-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-05SC-HE

F02U.000.208-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

SleeveViton

Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Wire size

AWG 24Pressure reference typeabsolute

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Installation Notes
The PSM-SA can be connected directly to most control units.

Technical Specifications

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Mechanical Data
Housing

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Stainless steel

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 223

100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

0 to 3.5 bar

Safety Note

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAThe sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Order number F02U.V01.947-01

Order number F02U.V01.946-01

0 to 6 bar
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 10 bar
Order number F02U.V01.948-01

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 20 bar
Order number F02U.V01.949-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 35 bar
Order number F02U.V01.950-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 60 bar
Order number F02U.V01.951-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 70 bar
Order number F02U.V01.724-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 100 bar
Order number F02U.V01.952-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 200 bar
Order number F02U.V01.953-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 350 bar
Order number F02U.V01.954-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 700 bar
Order number F02U.V02.064-01

Dimensions

6224 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

6

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5 V

Offset

100 mV at US=5 V

Connectors and Wires Application: 1 to 11 bar
 Response time: 1.5 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 45 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique. These are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low price.

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Application

1 to 11 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Safety Note

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
Hz

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mm

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 225

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Order number B261.209.341-01

Dimensions

6226 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 bar

Features

Tolerance (FS)±1%

 Application: 0 to 250 bar

Sensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Response time: 1.5 ms

Connectors and Wires Pressure reference type: Relative Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 45 g
This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of
media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g.
Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oilor air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low price

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Application
Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pressure reference typerelative

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Max. pressure

500 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
Hz

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 227

Legal Restrictions

Ordering Information

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R

4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B261.209.965-01

Dimensions

6228 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-140/260/420/600

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS

-140

-260

-420

-600

Application (bar) 0 to

140

260

420

600

Max. pressure (bar)

180

320

560

660

Sensitivity at US = 5 V(mV/bar)

28.57

15.38

9.52

6.67

Mechanical Data

6

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 ± 2 Nm in aluminum
32.5 ± 2.5 Nm in steel

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data

Features Application: 0 to 140, 260, 420, 600 bar

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

 Response time: 2 ms

Characteristic

 Pressure reference type: Absolut

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

Please see Variations

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 35 g
The PSS is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications.
This sensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g. Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brakefluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve
high accuracy pressure measurements. The stainlesssteel measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure
ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independent measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its wide measurement range and its robust andcompact design.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.366-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
Application
The PSS- can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.

Application and max. pressure

Please see Variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Operating and media temp.
range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s² at 1,350 to 2,000 Hz

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F02U.002.711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 229

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Safety Note

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0261.545.040

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Dimensions

Sensor

AdapterPressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140
Order number 0261.545.053

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-420
Order number 0261.545.136
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-600
Order number 0261.B23.789-07
Accessories
Adapter
Order number F02U.002.711-01

6

230 | Sensors | Knock

Overview

6Knock Sensor KS4-P

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Knock Sensor KS4-R2• Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz• Weight: 48 g
• Height sensor head: 18 mm• Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz• Weight: 82 g
• Height sensor head: 18 mm• Frequency: 3 to 30 kHz• Weight: 60 g
• Height sensor head: 14 mm

Sensors | Knock | 231

Electrical Data

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency

30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector 2-pole

2-Pin RB-Kp.1(F02U.B00.966-01)
or
2-Pin Jetronic(D261.205.288-01)

 Weight: 48 g

Pin 1

Sig+

 Height sensor head: 18 mm

Pin 2

Sig-

Features Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector
directly to the sensor.
Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration2≤ 800 m/s

Installation Notes
The KS4-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions

Technical Specifications

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Mating Connector: 2-Pin RB-Kp.1

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Order number 0261.231.173

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP X9K

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Mating Connector: 2-Pin Jetronic
Order number 0261.231.188

6232 | Sensors | Knock

Dimensions

6

Sensors | Knock | 233

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Protection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

28.8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

A 261 230 252

 Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz

Mating connector 2-pole

2-Pin RB-Kp.1(D261.205.337-01), L=530
mm
or
2-Pin RB-Kp.3(F02U.B00.967-01), L=400
mm

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

SleevePUR

Wire size

0.5 mm2

Wire length L

See Ordering Information

 Weight: 82 g
 Height sensor head: 18 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. Connection to thissensor can be tailored to customer requirements
through specified wire lengths and various connector
options.
Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Installation Notes
The KS4-R can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note

Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

6

234 | Sensors | Knock

Legal Restrictions

Ordering Information

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.1, L = 530 mm
Order number 0261.231.218
Knock Sensor KS4-R

Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.3, L = 400 mm
Order number 0261.231.223

Dimensions

6

Sensors | Knock | 235

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

Fixing screw for aluminum

M8x30

Installation torque20 + 5 Nm

Weight w/o Connector

60 gProtection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 30 kHz

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Features Frequency: 3 to 30 kHz
 Weight: 60 g
 Height sensor head: 14 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. This version is an
optimized part for Motorsport applications based ona series application development. Compared to theprevious version, the advantage of this new modification is that this product has an extended frequency
and higher operating temperature rating.
Application
Application

3 to 30 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 0 to 24 kHz≤ 4,000 m/s2 at 5 to 24 kHz(short-term)

Technical Specifications

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field
Connectors and Wires

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connector

ASX602-03PC-HE

Mating connector
ASX002-03SC-HE

F02U.002.840-01

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

0.5 mm2

Wire length L

150 to 450 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Installation Notes
The KS4-R2 can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control.
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.

Mechanical Data
Fixing screw for cast iron

Ratio of frequency and sensitivity

M8x25

6

236 | Sensors | Knock

Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Safety Note

Ordering Information

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Knock Sensor KS4-R2
Order number F02U.V01.884-01

Dimensions

6

Legal Restrictions

Sensors | Lambda | 237

Overview

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/
ADV pre Turbo

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 600°C• Thread: M18x1.5• Weight: 120 g• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 820°C• Thread: M18x1.5• Weight: 120 g• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 700°C• Thread: M16x1.5• Weight: 28 g

6238 | Sensors | Lambda

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations
LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

6

Features Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

1928.404.687(Series production type, notavailable from Bosch
Motorsport)

Mating connector

D261.205.356-01

Wire length L

95.0 cm

LSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

 Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Connector

AS607-35PN

Mating connector

AS007-35SN

 Hexagon temperature: 600°C

Wire length L

20.0 to 90.0 cm

 Thread: M18x1.5

Mechanical Data

 Weight: 120 g

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range oflambda 0.65 to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a trimming resistor, which
defines the characteristic of the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality
standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

Sensors | Lambda | 239-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Wire length

Please see variations-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control
units like LT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks
in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any
other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease forlubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Heater Strategy
U

Safety Note
13 V

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
8.5 V
1.5 V

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coatedWith automotive connector

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Order number 0258.017.025

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

Order number B261.209.358-03

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

With motorsport connector

6240 | Sensors | Lambda

Dimensions

6
Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of the mating
thread in the exhaust pipe:
THexagon > 600°C
or TGas > 930°C

Sensors | Lambda | 241

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV
pre Turbo

Features Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Exhaust gas temperature (operating)≤ 930°C (≤ 980°C pre Turbo
Version)Max. exhaust gas temperaturefor short time

≤ 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature (operating)≤ 650°C

Max. hexagon temperature forshort time

≤ 700°C

Max. temperature at weldingseam≤ 820°C (pre Turbo Version)Max. temperature difference
between hexagon and weldingseam≤ 330°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250°C

Connector temperature≤ 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

6

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mm

 Thread: M18x1.5

Tightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

 Weight: 120 g

Electrical Data Hexagon temperature: 820°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel). A version with a protection tube ofInconel for pre-turbo-(supercharger) mounting isavailable.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU ADV is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range oflambda 0.65 to air makes the LSU ADV capable ofbeing used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges.
The LSU ADV has no trimming resistor inside theconnector what results in just 5 connector pins.
Compared to LSU 4.9, the LSU ADV has a wider
working temperature range.
LSU ADV operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

8.7 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

≤ 80 µA

Switch-on time

≤5s

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8-0.652 ± 0.032 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1-0.018 ± 0.008 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

0.515 ± 0.022 mA

I P [mA]

lambdaU A [V],
v=17

U A [V],v=8-1,38000

0,650

0,048

0,817

-1.11000

0.700

0.332

0.950

-0.88000

0.750

0.574

1.064

-0.65000

0.800

0.816

1.178

-0.47500

0.850

1.000

1.265

-0.37000

0.880

1.111

1.317

242 | Sensors | Lambda

6-0.30000

0.900

1.184

1.351

-0.16000

0.950

1.332

1.421

-0.07600

0.980

1.420

1.462

-0.04800

0.990

1.449

1.476

-0.02000

1.000

1.479

1.490

0.01167

1.030

1.512

1.506

0.03278

1.050

1.534

1.516

0.06444

1.080

1.568

1.532

0.08556

1.100

1.590

1.542

0.17000

1.180

1.679

1.584

0.23080

1.260

1.743

1.614

0.36000

1.430

1.879

1.678

0.40148

1.500

1.922

1.699

0.52000

1.700

2.047

1.758

0.54740

1.780

2.076

1.771

0.77000

2.430

2.310

1.881

1.40000

5.000

2.973

2.193

Heater Strategy

Mating connector

F02U.B00.725-01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

VM/IPN

Pin 3

Uh-/H-Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Pin 5

nc

Pin 6

UN/RE

Wire length L

95.0 cm

Connector

1254.488.136(Series production type, notavailable from Bosch
Motorsport)

Mating connector

F02U.B00.937-01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

VM/IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Pin 5

UN / RELSU ADV pre Turbo with motorsport connector

Effective heater voltage
max. 8 s

12 V

1 928 404 669(Series production type, notavailable from Bosch
Motorsport)

LSU ADV pre Turbo with automotive connector

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

UH,effConnector

application specific

9V

1,5 s
max.
ramp rate= 0,3 V /soperating point
reachedHeater power reduced
during condensationwater phase

Connector

AS607-35PA

Mating connector

AS007-35SA

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Pin 2

Uh- / H-

Pin 3

IP / APE

Pin 4

VM / IPN

Pin 5

UN / RE

Pin 6

nc

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Sleeve1,8 ... 2 V

fiber glass / silicone coated

t=0

0

5

10

15

20

t/s

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Pressure Compensation
50∆Ip/Ip / %40

Installation Notes

p0 = 1013 hPa

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV. You’ll find thisunit and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion Modules.

30
20
10
0

The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.

lambda > 1-10lambda < 1

-20
-30
0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

Connectors and Wires
LSU ADV with automotive connector

1,6

2,4
2,2
2,0
1,8
absolute pressure / bar

2,6Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

Sensors | Lambda | 243

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks
in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any
other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease forlubricating the thread.

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Order number 0258.027.010

Motorsport connector, wire length customer specific (max. 90 cm)
Order number F02U.V01.861-01
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo

Automotive connector, wire length 65 cm
Order number 0258.027.00F
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo

Motorsport connector, wire length 33 cm
Order number F02U.V02.908-02

Dimensions

Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

6

244 | Sensors | Lambda

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

6

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 150°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2 (see Installation
Notes)

Technical Specifications
Variations
Features

Mini-LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

 Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

1928.404.682(Series production type, notavailable from Bosch
Motorsport)

Mating connector

D261.205.356-01

Wire length L

950 mm Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time) Hexagon temperature: 700°C
 Thread: M16x1.5

Mini-LSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

 Weight: 28 g
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is aplanar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Its monotonic output signal in therange of lambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capableof being used as a universal sensor for lambda = 1
measurement as well as for lean and rich ranges.
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The
main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact
design in combination with the high Bosch production quality standard. The Mini-LSU is produced andtested in a handmade process.
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in the production lambda sensor. It isconnected over silver coated steel cables to make it
more reliable against vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

AS607-35PN

Mating connector

AS007-35SN

Wire length L

200 to 1,400 mm

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Thread

M16x1.5

Wrench size

17 mmTightening torque

60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+(min)

10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency

100 HzNominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 OhmMax. current load for Nernst
cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Sensors | Lambda | 245

I P [mA]

lambdaU A [V], v=17

U A [V], v=8

400

744

-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

450

729

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

550

703

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

650

686

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

800

665

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

1000

642

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

1200

628

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

2500

567

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Connectors and Wires-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

Wire length

Please see variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control
units like LT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which
does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

Heater Strategy

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
U

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wireupwards).

13 V

11.62 VThe sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.

= 0.15 V/s

7.53 V
1.5 V

Resistance/LSU Temperature
R (Ohm)Temp (°C)

80

1030

150

888

200

840

250

806

300 [operating point]

780

350

761

Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not
to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating thethread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be determined by the customer’s individual application.

6

246 | Sensors | Lambda

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Dimensions

6

Mounting recommendation

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

With automotive connector
Order number B258.490.103-30
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

With motorsport connector
Order number F02U.V02.227-02

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 247

Overview

Pressure Sensor Combined
PSM-SAT

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 1/PST 3

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 4

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 280 bar• Pressure: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20,
35, 60, 70, 100, 200, 350,
700 bar• Temperature: -40 to 150°C• Power supply: 8 to 32 V
• Weight: 15 g

• Pressure: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or
0.2 to 3 bar• Temperature: -40 to 150°C
or -40 to 140°C• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 24 g

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 350 bar

•
•
•
•

Pressure: 0 to 350 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 36 g

Pressure: 0.4 to 4 bar
Temperature: -40 to 130°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 22 g

Pressure: 0 to 280 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 36 g

6

248 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PSM-SAT

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Weight15 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

6

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic
Compensated range

20 to 120°C

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 % FSO/
100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar or
150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Temperature sensor RTD

1,000 Ohms Platinum DIN EN
60751
63 % response time: 3 s max.

Features Pressure: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20, 35, 60, 70, 100,
200, 350, 700 bar
 Temperature: -40 to 150°C
 Power supply: 8 to 32 V Weight: 15 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air plus temperature.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as aforce collector. The force is transferred to a solidstate piezo-resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of noncompressible silicone oil. The
housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU603-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-05SC-HE

F02U.000.208-01

Pin 1

Power Supply

Pin 2

GroundPin 3

Pressure Signal

Pin 4

Temperature Signal +Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pin 5

Temperature Signal -Pressure reference typeabsolute

SleeveViton

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Mechanical Data
Housing

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The PSM-SAT can be connected directly to most control units.
Stainless steel

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 249

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Ordering Information

100 % relative humidity is possible.

0 to 3.5 bar

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Order number F02U.V01.955-02

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

0 to 6 bar
Order number F02U.V01.956-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 10 bar
Order number F02U.V01.980-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 20 bar
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Order number F02U.V01.957-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 35 bar
Order number F02U.V01.958-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 60 bar
Order number F02U.V01.962-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 100 bar
Order number F02U.V01.964-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 200 bar
Order number F02U.V01.965-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 350 bar
Order number F02U.V01.966-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 700 bar
Order number F02U.V02.065-02

Dimensions

6250 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 1/PST 3

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.016 bar± 0.030 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %± 1.07 %Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,518 mV/bar

Offset-4.76 mV

96.43 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

24 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1
Features Pressure: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

 Temperature: -40 to 150°C or -40 to 140°C

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

 Power supply: 5 V

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

 Weight: 24 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines plus temperature.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to
1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar).
Application

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,895

10

3,791

20

2,499

Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar
(a)

25

2,056

30

1,706

Application 2-40 to 130°C

40

1,174

Reference

Absolute

50

833.8

Max. pressure

5 bar

60

595.4

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C

70

435.6

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

80

322.5

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

90

243.1

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

100

186.6

110

144.2

120

112.7

130

89.28

Technical Specifications
Variations
PST 1 (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PST 3 (0.2 to 3 bar)Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 251

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar

Pin 4Pressure Signal

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
The PST 1/PST 3 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98,
M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).

Tolerance 0.2 to 3 bar

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Expansion of Tolerance
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Connectors and Wires

Ordering Information

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D261.205.360-01

Pin 1

GroundOrder number 0261.230.333

Pin 2

Temperature Signal

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 3

Pin 3

Power Supply

Order number 0261.230.280

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar

0.2 to 3 bar

6

252 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Dimensions

6

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 253

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 4

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.386 to 4.5 V

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

0.042 barSensitivity

1,143 mV/bar

Offset-71.43 mV

Characteristic 2

Features Pressure: 0.4 to 4 bar

6

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,895

10

3,791

 Temperature: -40 to 130°C

20

2,499

 Power supply: 5 V

25

2,056

30

1,706

40

1,174

50

833.8

60

595.4

70

435.6

80

322.5

90

243.1

100

186.6

110

144.2

 Weight: 22 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines plus temperature.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Application
Application 1

0.4 to 4 bar (a)

120

112.7

Application 2-40 to 130°C

130

89.28

Reference

Absolute

Tolerance

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6 + Washer

Weight without wire

22 g

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

254 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Expansion of Tolerance

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D261.205.360-01

Pin 1

GroundPin 2

Temperature Signal

Safety Note

Pin 3

Power Supply

Pin 4

Pressure Signal

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Installation Notes
Legal Restrictions
The PST 4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.

Ordering Information

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4
Order number 0261.230.423

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 255

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 280 bar

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque37.5 ± 2.5 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V (18 V for max. 1 h)

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (responsetime of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity at US = 5 V

14.3 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Features Pressure: 0 to 280 bar
 Temperature: -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 36 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection systems.
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion of a steel diaphragm, where strain gauges areplaced to a Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal
is proportional to the pressure and is processed in
an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an
NTC thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its
compact design and the integration of two functions(temperature and pressure measurements) in a common housing.
Application

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

243,241-30

135,753-20

78,716-10

47,258029,287

10

18,68420

12,24025

10,000

30

8,218

40

5,642

Application 1

0 to 280 bar

50

3,955

Reference

Absolute

60

2,826

Max. pressure

340 bar70

2,055

Application 2-40 to 140°C

80

1,519

Resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm

90

1,141Operating temp. range-40 to 140°C

100

868.4

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C

110

669.9

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

120

523.2

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

130

413.3

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 RMS at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 RMS at 1,350 to 2,000
Hz

140

330.0

6

256 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Connectors and Wires

6

Safety Note

Connector

Hirschmann

Mating connector

F02U.B00.596-01

Pin 1

GroundPin 2

Pressure Signal

Pin 3

Temperature Signal

Pin 4Power Supply

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar
Order number 0261.545.115

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 257

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 350 bar

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque37.5 ± 2.5 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V (18 V for max. 1 h)

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (responsetime of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity at US = 5 V

11.43 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Features Pressure: 0 to 350 bar
 Temperature: -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 36 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection systems
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion of a steel diaphragm, where strain gauges areplaced to a Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal
is proportional to the pressure and is processed in
an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an
NTC thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its
compact design and the integration of two functions(temperature and pressure measurements) in a common housing.
Application

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

44,864-30

25,524-20

15,067

-10

9,195

0

5,784

10

3,740

20

2,480

25

2,038

30

1,683

40

1,167

Application 1

0 to 350 bar

50

825

Reference

Absolute

60594Max. pressure

390 bar

70434,9Application 2-40 to 140°C

80

323,4

Resistance at 25°C

2 kOhm90

244

Operating temp. range-40 to 140°C

100

186,6

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C

110

144,5

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

120

113,3

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

130

89,8

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 RMS at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 RMS at 1,350 to 2,000
Hz

140

71,9

6

258 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Connectors and Wires

6

Safety Note

Connector

Bosch Trapezoid

Mating connector

F02U.B00.751-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Temperature Signal

Pin 3

GroundPin 4

Pressure Signal

Pin 5Power Supply

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar
Order number 0261.B35.596-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Rotary Position | 259

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Max. overvoltage

24 V

Half voltage tolerance± 2°

Supply current< 12.5 mA

Resolution< 0.1°

Output voltage range

Ratiometric analog

Output load

> 10 kOhm

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

600 RPM

Temp. coefficient± 0.008° Rotation/°C
30°C nominal

Direction of rotation

Both

Redundancy

Yes

Features Rotational movement measurement
 Hall effect technology
 Measurement range: 0 to 360° possible
 Analog output 0.2 to 4.8 V
 Dual output, fully redundant possible
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement of throttle position.
The electrical circuit is designed with a magnetic
rotary sensor using a Hall element and digital signal
processing; sensor output is ratiometric. The angular
position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated
in the sensor shaft.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall
effect technology and its robust design formotorsport applications which includes fully redundant power and ground.
Application

Flying lead and Wires
Red

US 1

Blue

Gnd 1

White

Sig 1

Orange

US 2

Green

Gnd 2

Yellow

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

100 cmInstallation Notes

Application

0 to 360° possible

Operating temperature range

0 to 150°C

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.

Technical Specifications

Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit
are aligned as shown in the offer drawing.

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

< 36 gProtection class

IP58

Mounting

2 x M4 screw

Lifetime

6

5 x 10 operations of ±65°

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 ± 0.5 V regulated

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

6

260 | Sensors | Rotary Position

Fulfilled Legal Standards/Legal Requirements
EMC Requirement

Ordering Information

UNECE10

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Single output, 360° range

Legal Restrictions

Order number F02U.V0U.400-01

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Dual output, 100° range, crossing signals(throttle)
Order number F02U.V0U.401-01
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Dual output, 40° range, second signal 50 % offirst (pedal)
Order number F02U.V0U 402-01
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Dual output, 100° range, second signal 50 % offirst (pedal)

6

Order number F02U.V0U.403-01

Dimensions

39.37
1000

0.18
4.6

0.50
12.67

0.24
6

0.24
6

0.23
6

+0.0010.125 0+0.03
3.18 0+0.0010.500 0+0.03
12.70 0SUGGESTED
MATING DRIVESENSOR IS AT HALF
VOLTAGE POSITIONWHEN INDENT ON
SHAFT IS ALIGNEDWITH WIRE EXIT
0.20
5

0.69
17.5

0.10
2.5

1.32
33.4

0.70
18

1.00
25.4

0.43
11

0.12
3.15

Sensors | Speed | 261

Overview

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAD 90
Di
M
N

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤10 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P sealed

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.2 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.5 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 20 g

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 12 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.2 to 1.5 mm
Bore diameter: 16 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 20 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.5 mm
Bore diameter: 10 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 8 g

6

262 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D
90

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic

6

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Environment
Features Max. frequency: ≤10 kHz
 Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm Bore diameter: 11.8 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mm Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft
or wheel speed), but it is not a “true power-on”
sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-D 90, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential measuring method. This sensor is a combinationof a high quality production part and robust design
with a small housing.
*: see Installation Notes
Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤10 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤50 mT

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edgeof two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of twoteeth.
The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target
wheel.

Sensors | Speed | 263

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Safety Note

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Legal Restrictions

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90
Order number F02U.V00.334-01

Dimensions

6264 | Sensors | Speed

660-2 Teeth

Sensors | Speed | 265

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 16 V (24 V for max. 5 min.)Current IS<20 mA

Power-on time

1 ms

Characteristic
Signal output width forward

37 to 53 μs (45)Signal output width backward

75 to 105 μs (90)

Accuracy (tolerance)±1.5° (for forward direction)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

6

Features Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Signal output width (forward: green, backward: red)

Environment

 Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm Bore diameter: 12 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mm

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth60-2

 Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-Di, the magnetic field of the builtin magnet is modulated at the place of the sensors
diff.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the detection of the rotational direction.
Application

Alternative Target Wheel
Target wheel diameter

118 to 370 mm

Width of teeth b1

2.2 to 3.8 mm

Width of gap b2≥4 mm

Depth of teeth h≥4 mm

Target wheel width≥5 mm
μ (r) ≥1000

Application

Speed

Relative magnetic permeability

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz forward≤ 6 kHz backward

Connectors and Wires

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Temperature range

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE-40 to 150°C

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Pin 1

US

External magnetic fields≤ 100 mT

Pin 2

Gnd

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Mounting

Screw 1 x M5

Sleeve

DR-25

Bore diameter

12 + 0.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 24

Installation depth L2

30 mm

266 | Sensors | Speed

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The HA-Di is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge oftrigger wheel teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s
without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the fallingedge of two teeth.
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target
wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

6

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 0
Order number F02U.V01.802-01

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 90
Order number F02U.V01.803-01

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 180
Order number F02U.V01.804-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 270
Order number F02U.V01.805-01

Sensors | Speed | 267

Dimensions

6

Direction of rotation of the target wheel, View A268 | Sensors | Speed

660-2 Teeth

Sensors | Speed | 269

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-M

Technical Specifications
Variations
Active low with connector / active high with connector
Connector

ASU603-03PN-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-03SN-HE

F02U.000.199-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Active high, without connector
Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

 Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm

Tightening torque6 Nm

 Bore diameter: 11.8 mm

Electrical Data

Features Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
 Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element with integrated signal conditioning circuit
detects this change and generates a digital output
signal. We offer this sensor with two different typesof output: Active high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 4.2 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Pin layout

Please see Variations

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range- 40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Installation Notes
The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

6270 | Sensors | Speed

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active low
Order number B261.209.283-01
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active highOrder number B261.209.295-01
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active high, without connector
Order number F02U.V00.627-01

Dimensions

6

Sensors | Speed | 271

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/ wire

13 g w/ 254 mm cable lengthand AS connector
28.5 g w/ 1,000 mm cable
length flying lead

Bore diameter

10 mm

Installation depth L2

14 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic

FeaturesAccuracy repeatability of thefalling edge tooth<4 % (≤ 4.2 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to VS

Connectors and Wires
 Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz

Sensor AS connector

 Air gap: 0.4 to 1.5 mm

Connector

ASL606-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL006-05SA-HE

Pin 1

VS

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Pin 2

GND

 Weight w/o wire: 8 g

Pin 3

SignalPin 4

Not usedPin 5

Not used

Shrink sleeve

DR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

254 mm Bore diameter: 10 mm

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
or wheel speed). Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the HA-N, the magnetic
field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A
Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal
conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The HA-N combines a robust sensing element with alightweight aluminum housing that is well suited for
motorsport use. The sensor element used was specifically selected for its resistance to demagnetization at high temperatures and is programmed for an
active low output. This sensor element is approved
for NASCAR competition as a camshaft speed
sensor.
Application

Sensor Flying lead
WHT/ORGVS

WHT/BLU

GND

WHT

SignalShrink sleeve

DR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

1,000 mm

Installation Notes

Application

Rotational speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

If a trigger wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function must be tested.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Safety Note

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

The HA-N can be directly connected to most control units and data
logging systems.

6272 | Sensors | Speed

Legal Restrictions

Ordering Information

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

Sensor AS connector
Order number F02U.V0U.714-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

Sensor Flying lead
Order number F02U.V0U.714-90

Dimensions

6

Sensor AS connector

Sensor Flying leadSensors | Speed | 273

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect MiniHA-P

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

1234.482.092

Mating connector

ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

US

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
FeaturesPower supply

5 to 18 V

 Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic

 Air gap: 0.2 to 1.0 mm
 Bore diameter: 11.5 mm

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz) Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

 Weight w/o wire: 20 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning
circuit detects this change and generates a digital
output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Application
Application

Speed

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Wire size

AWG 20Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Wire length L< 27 cm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Installation Notes

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

6

274 | Sensors | Speed

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Legal Restrictions

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Safety Note

Ordering Information

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P

Connector ASL606-05PC-HE
Order number F02U.V00.564-03
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P

Connector 1 234 482 092
Order number F02U.V00.566-02

6

Sensors | Speed | 275

Dimensions

6276 | Sensors | Speed

660-2 Teeth

Sensors | Speed | 277

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect MiniHA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL006-05SC-HE
F02U.000.228-01

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Wire length L

10 - 27 cm

27 cm

Mechanical Data

FeaturesWeight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

16 mm

Installation depth L2

12 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data

 Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Power supply

5 to 18 V

 Air gap: 0.2 to 1.5 mm

Current IS

10 mA

 Bore diameter: 16 mm

Characteristic

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz) Weight w/o wire: 20 g

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and arobust design with a very small housing.
Application

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

Application

Speed

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Wire size

AWG 20Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Wire length L

Please see Variations

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes

2

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

6

278 | Sensors | Speed

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Legal Restrictions

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Ordering Information

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini HA-P sealed

Connector ASL606-05PC-HE
Order number F02U.V00.500-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini HA-P sealed

Without connector
Order number F02U.V00.570-01

6

Dimensions+0.1

60-2 Teeth

Sensors | Steering Wheel Angle | 279

Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
LWS

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 16 V

Max input current< 150 mA

CAN speed

500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x2B0 LWS_Standard
Byte

Value / Bit
7/6/5/4/3

2

1

0

TRIM

CAL

OK

7/6/5/4/3

2

1

0

0

Reserved

CCW

1

Reserved0

LWS_ANGLE1

LWS_ANGLE2

LWS_SPEED

3

Reserved

4

Reserved

CAN ID 02 0x7C0 LWS_Config
Byte

Features Steering Wheel Angle: ± 780°

Value / Bit

Truth Table Angular Speed: 0 to 1,016°/s

TRIM

OK

CAL

ANGLE

SPEED

Sensor state 500 kbaud CAN-output

1

1

1

Value

Value

Sensor is calibrated and sensor information is valid.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement and angular speed, e.g. steering wheel angle
and steering wheel speed.
In order to achieve this, the sensor is using the giant
magneto resistive (GMR) effect. The detection of theabsolute angle is realized by means of toothed measuring gears with different ratio including small magnets. Corresponding GMR elements that change
their electrical resistance according to the magnetic
field direction detects the angle position of themeasuring gears.
The measured voltages are A/D converted and a microcontroller performs the angle calculations. The
steering angle and the steering angle speed areprovided on a CAN-interface.

Application

1

1

0

7FFFh

Value

Sensor is not calibrated, speed information is valid.

1

0

0

7FFFh

FFh

Sensor is in failure mode, sensor information is not valid.

0

0

0

7FFFh

FFH

Sensor is in failure mode, sensor information is not valid.

Other combinations for TRIM, OK and CAL are notvalid.
Signal Overview
OK

Failure status

1

Sensor information valid0

Sensor information invalid, an internal sensor fault occurred

CAL

Calibration status

Steering wheel angle± 780°

1

Sensor calibrated

Angular speed

0 to 1,016°/s

0

Sensor not calibrated

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

TRIM

Trimming Status

1

Sensor trimmed

0

Sensor not trimmed, this is handled as a sensor failure(OK = 0)CCW

Command code word3h

Sets the signal LWS_Angle to 0°

5h

Resets the calibration status of the angle

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
WeightApprox. 34 g

Size

83 x 60 x 21.35 mm

Protection class

IP5K0

6

280 | Sensors | Steering Wheel Angle

Characteristics

Installation Notes

Steering Wheel Angle
Measuring range± 780°The LWS can be connected directly to most control units and datalogger systems via CAN bus.

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Nonlinearity± 2.5°

Hysteresis

0 to 5°

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.

Angular Speed
Measuring range

0 to 1,016°/s

Over range limit± 2,500°/s

Absolute physical resolution

4°/sConnectors and Wires

6

A zero adjustment is needed before using the sensor for the firsttime. To do so, reset the calibration with CCW = 5h. After resetting
the calibration, a new calibration needs to be started with CCW =3h. The sensor is now newly calibrated and can be used immediately.

Connector

Bosch 7 pole

Zero the sensor after every assembly.

Mating connector

F02U.B00.656-01

Safety Note

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

12 V

Pin 3

CAN High

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Pin 4

CAN Low

Pin 5

Not connected

Pin 6

Not connected

Pin 7

Not connected

CAN Parameters
LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

500 kbaud

CAN update rate

100 Hz / 10 ms

Housing Size

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

Byte order

Dimensions

Legal Restrictions

Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS
Order number F02U.V02.894-01

Sensors | Temperature | 281

Overview

Temperature Sensor
NTC M5-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M6-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M8-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M5
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M6 x 1
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-H

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-L

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 0.8°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M8 x 1
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

6

282 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

 Application: -55 to 300°C

1018,187

 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

20

12,13625

10,00030

8,284

 Male thread: M5

40

5,774

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)

50

4,103

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact
design and its very short response time.

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

180

167.6

200

118.5

220

86.08

240

64.08

 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

260

48.76

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

280

37.86

Bio fuel compatibility

-

300

29.94

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M5

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire6g

Sensors | Temperature | 283

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kOhm) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Legal Restrictions

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Dimensions

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F02U.V00.510-01

6284 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

 Application: -55 to 300°C

1018,187

 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

20

12,13625

10,00030

8,284

 Male thread: M6 x 1

40

5,774

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)

50

4,103

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact
design and its very short response time.

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

180

167.6

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

190

140.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

240

64.08

Wrench size

10 mm

250

55.75

Installation torque

8 Nm

260

48.76

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

270

42.87

Sensors | Temperature | 285

280

37.86

290

33.59

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

300

29.94

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Ordering Information

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F02U.V00.486-01

Dimensions

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

6

286 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

 Application: -55 to 300°C

1018,187

 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

20

12,13625

10,00030

8,284

 Male thread: M8 x 1

40

5,774

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)

50

4,103

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust
design and its very short response time.

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

180

167.6

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

190

140.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

240

64.08

Wrench size

12 mm

250

55.75

Installation torque

8 Nm

260

48.76

Weight w/o wire

8g

270

42.87

Sensors | Temperature | 287

280

37.86

Wire size

AWG 24290

33.59

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

300

29.94

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Safety Note

Connectors and Wires

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Pin 5

-

Ordering Information

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Dimensions

Legal Restrictions

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F02U.V00.509-01

6

288 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 15 sCharacteristic Application

6

Features Application: -40 to 130°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
 Male thread: M12 x 1.5
 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)
This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturee.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D261.205.288-01

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

25 Nm

Weight w/o wire

29 g

Sensors | Temperature | 289

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.
www.bosch-motorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0280.130.026

Dimensions

6290 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M12H

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 6 %Characteristic

6

Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Features Application: -40 to 130°C

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C

20

2,500

 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 0.8°C

30

1,707

40

1,175

 Male thread: M12 x 1.5

50

834

 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

60

596

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturee.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mmConnector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D261.205.337-01

Sensors | Temperature | 291

Pin 1

SIG+

Safety Note

Pin 2

SIG-

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0281.002.170

Dimensions

6292 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5%

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 10 sCharacteristic Application

6

Features Application: -40 to 130°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
 Male thread: M12 x 1.5
 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)
This sensor is designed to measure air temperaturee.g. in the air box or ambient temperature. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control
units or as a measurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D261.205.288-01

Male thread

M12x1.5

Pin 1

SIG+

Wrench size

19 mm

Pin 2

SIG-

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 gSensors | Temperature | 293

Installation Notes

Legal Restrictions

The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0280.130.039

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Dimensions

6294 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Overview

6

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 Acceleration Sensor
MM5.10-R

Acceleration Sensor MM7.10• Application 1: ±163°/s (rollrate/ yaw rate)• Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y
and Z acceleration)• Weight w/o wire: 35 g
• Size: 80 x 56 x 21 mm• Power supply: 7 to 18 V

• Application 1: ±163°/s (roll /pitch / yaw rate)• Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y
and Z acceleration)• Weight w/o wire: 35 g
• Size: 80 x 56 x 23.3 mm• Power supply: 8 to 16 V

• Application 1: ±163°/s (rollrate/ yaw rate)• Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y
and Z acceleration)• Weight w/o wire: 28 g
• Size: 34 x 34 x 16.5 mm• Power supply: 7 to 18 V

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 295

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

 Application 1: ±163°/s (roll rate/ yaw rate)

0

Roll rate Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

1
2

 Weight w/o wire: 35 g

Reserved3

 Size: 80 x 56 x 21 mm

4

 Power supply: 7 to 18 V

5

The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physicaleffects of rotational and linear acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring
elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing elements generates a Coriolis force whichchanges the internal capacity of the micro machinedsensing parts. Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element is used to measure the vehicle linear
acceleration in all 3 axis. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of 3 linear and 2 rotational accelerometers and its high speed 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output.

Acc X-axis

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 03 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I

Application
Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Characteristic Application II

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

35 g

Size

80 x 56 x 21 mm

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

6

296 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes

Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F02U.B00.435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Pin 2

CANL

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 3

CANH

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Pin 4

UBat

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Red wire

UBat

Black wire

Gnd

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage and calibration sheet.

White wire

CANH

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Blue wire

CANL

Connector (3)ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector (3)ASL006-05SC-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Please note:
CAN ID0 0x0170 (Rx) or 0x75 (Rx) is used for synchronizationand configuration of the sensor (SYNC). Make sure that the CAN ID
0x170 (Rx) or 0x75 (Rx) is not used in your CAN network by anyother device.

Pin 2

Gnd

Safety Note

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

SleeveDR-25

Legal Restrictions

Wire size with open end (2)4 x AWG24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Byte order

LSB (Intel)

Ordering Information

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

Bit mask

unsigned

Without wire (1)Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Order number F02U.V01.511-02

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Order number F02U.V01.511-92

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Wire with motorsport connector (3)Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Wire with open end (2)6

CAN Parameters

Dimensions

Mounting position: Connector opposite to driving direction.

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Wire with open end (2)Order number F02U.V01.512-03

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 297

6

Axis Scheme

298 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3

6

4

Acc Y-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

 Application 1: ±163°/s (roll rate/ yaw rate)

0

Roll rate Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

1
2

 Weight w/o wire: 28 g

Reserved3

 Size: 34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

4 Power supply: 7 to 18 V

5

The MM5.10-R was designed to measure the physicaleffects of rotational and linear acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring
elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing elements generates a Coriolis force whichchanges the internal capacity of the micro machinedsensing parts. Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element is used to measure the vehicle lineal
acceleration in all 3 axes. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are thealuminum compact housing, the combination of 3
linear and 2 rotational accelerometers and its highspeed 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output.

Acc X-axis

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 03 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I

Application
Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Characteristic Application II

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Size

34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 299

Connectors and Wires

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Connector

ASX002-05PA-HE

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Mating connector

ASX602-05SA-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Pin 2

CANH

Pin 3

Not connected

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Gnd

SleeveDR-25

Please note:
CAN ID0 0x0170 (Rx) is used for synchronization and configuration of the sensor (SYNC). Make sure that the CAN ID 0x170 is not
used in your can network by any other device.

Byte order

LSB (Intel)

Safety Note

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

CAN Parameters

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

Installation Notes
Mounting position: Connector opposite to driving direction.
The MM5.10-R can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.
Dimensions

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Order number F02U.V02.007-01

6

300 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Acceleration Sensor MM7.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

8 to 16 V

Max input current

100 mA at 7 V
50 mA at 14 V

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3

6

4

Acc Y-axis

5

Features6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

 Application 1: ±163°/s (roll / pitch / yaw rate) Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Byte

Value

0

Roll rate1
 Weight w/o wire: 35 g

2

 Size: 80 x 56 x 23.3 mm

Reserved

3
4

 Power supply: 8 to 16 V
The MM7.10 was designed to measure the physicaleffects of rotational and linear acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring
elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing elements generates a Coriolis force, whichchanges the internal capacity of the micro machinedsensing parts. Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element is used to measure the vehicle linear
acceleration in all 3 axis. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of 3 linear and 3 rotational accelerometers and its high speed 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output.

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 03 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Pitch rate1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic

Application

Characteristic Application I
Application I±163°/s (roll / pitch / yaw rate)

Measuring range± 163°/s

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 70 Hz

Technical Specifications

Characteristic Application II

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

35 g

Size

80 x 56 x 23.3 mm

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±20 gAbsolute physical resolution

0.01 gSensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 301

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 70 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes
Mounting position: The MM7.10 must not be mounted with connector pointing upwards. Other than this Bosch has no restrictions
for the mounting orientation. We recommend to align the sensor
coordinate system to the vehicle coordinate system as this is theorientation that most systems will require and thus no mathematical transformation is needed.

Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F02U.B00.435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

The MM7.10 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Connector (2)ASL606-05PC-HE

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Mating connector (2)ASL006-05SC-HE

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

Gnd

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

SleeveDR-25

Wire with open end (3)Red wire

UBat

Black wire

Gnd

White wire

CANH

Blue wire

CANL

Wire size with open end (3)4 x AWG24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

CAN Parameters

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.
Please note:
CAN ID 04 0x7DC, RX1 0x7DF and RX2 0x7D4 are used for configuration of the sensor (SYNC). Make sure that the CAN ID 04
0x7DC, RX1 0x7DF and RX2 0x7D4 are not used in your CAN network by any other device.
CAN DBC file on request
Standards considered on request
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Pitch Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Acceleration Sensor MM7.10

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Wire with motorsport connector (2)Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor MM7.10

Without wire (1)Order number F02U.V03.092-01

Order number F02U.V03.092-02
Acceleration Sensor MM7.10

Wire with open end (3)Order number F02U.V03.092-90

6302 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Dimensions

6

Brake7

Antilock Braking Systems ABS

304

Electronic Brake System EBS

312

304 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

Overview

7

ABS M5 Kit

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup• Suitable for front-wheel, rearwheel and four-wheel drive
vehicles• Suitable for front-wheel, rearwheel and four-wheel drive
vehicles• Generic wiring harness to fit
all engine bay and front footwell locations for the hydraulic module• Same ABS hardware as
standard ABS M5 Kit• Plug & Play ABS M5 Kit for
Porsche 997 Cup and 991
Cup Gen 1 and Gen 2• Tested and developed on
racetracks like Spa and Nordschleife• Detailed installation instruction available at our website• 1 Mbaud CAN

Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS | 305

ABS M5 Kit

Option

Kit 1

Kit 2

Clubsport

Corner inside wheel slip reduction
regulation

+

+

-

Find more details under Dimensions.
+*: fixed Kit Content+**: Adjustable via Coding Plug+***: Enabled with customer specific calibration
Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit
Serial housing, dust- and dampproof
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel

7

2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic high pressures pumps

Features Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles
We developed ABS M5 for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wiring harness is included in the Kit.
The ABS M5 is specifically adapted for motorsportuse. Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle
weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or number of increments canbe calibrated with software free of charge. Pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

2 hydraulic accumulators

3 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Max. working speed

360 km/h = 100 m/s =224 mphPressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid
DOT 5.1 brake fluid

Technical Specifications

Electrical Data

Variations

Supply voltage

10 to 16 V, max. 24 V for 5 min

Clubsport

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W

91-01
92-01
93-01
94-01
95-01
96-01

Power consumption Relay

170 W

Power consumption Electronics

8W

Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10
sensor)OptionKit 1
F02U.V05.2

89-0
1

Kit 2
90-0
1

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11i, DF11S or DF11V
Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit)Customized wiring loom

+

+

-

ABS-Off position optional on position
1

+

+

-

Selection of ABS maps via Bosch 12position switch or via specified CAN
signal+Motorsport connectors for wheel
speed sensors

-

+

-

Flexible CAN terminals

+

+

+**

Downforce depending slip regulation

+***

+***

-

Content of Kit and Weights

Lateral acceleration slip regulation

+

+

-

Hydraulic unit

11 adjustment settings (applicable for OEMs)++*

ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 1 or Pos. 12)
Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
EBD warning light (MIL) if needed
TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR

1,910 g306 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Installation Notes

Yaw/acceleration sensor

60 g

12 position function switch

50 g

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

50 g/each

ABS warning light (MIL)

50 g

Maintenance Interval (brake fluid change, bleeding): 220 h or a maximum of two years.
The load on the hydraulic unit in racing is muchhigher than in pure road operation, therefore werecommend a replacement of the unit after two
years.

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

Clubsport wiring harness

1,540 gMounting and vibration-damping boards

80 g

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

212 g

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

Optional Accessories

7

Legal Restrictions

ABS M5 Kit 1
Order number F02U.V05.289-01

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-02

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-03

ABS M5 Kit 2
Order number F02U.V05.290-01

Display DDU 10

F02U.V02.659-02

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

DF11i, 500 kbaud

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F02U.V00.335-03

Order number F02U.V05.291-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11i, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.292-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Communication

DF11S, 500 kbaud

ABS and Yaw rate sensor

CAN1

Order number F02U.V05.293-01

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.294-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.295-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.296-01

Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS | 307

Dimensions
ABS M5 Kit Variations
ABS M5 Kit 2
Kit 2
Specific
Included, withmotorsport connectors

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
1 Mbaud, DF11i
Generic
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
500 kbaud, DF11i
Generic
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
1 Mbaud, DF11S
Generic
Included, with standard
connectors

Wheel speed signal splitter included*

Included*included*included*included*

Fuses
Brake pipe fittings

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

500 kbaud, DF11V
Generic
Not included

1 Mbaud, DF11V
Generic
Not included

included*included*

ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991
Cup Gen 1
Cup Gen 2
Model year 2015
Model year 2017
SpecificSpecific
Included, Porsche specific Included, Porsche specific
DF11S
DF11S
Included, DF11
Included, DF11

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Included
Included

Tpye
Wiring harness
4 wheelspeed sensors
DF11S

ABS M5 Kit 1
Kit 1
Specific
Included, with standard
connectors

Tpye
500 kbaud, DF11S
Wiring harness
Generic
4 wheelspeed sensors
Included, with standard
DF11S
connectors
Wheel speed signal splitter included*
TTL
Fuses
Not included
Brake pipe fittings
Not included*TTL splitter incl. in ABS Hardware, DF11 splitter optional

Included
Included7308 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Weight

1,910 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Max. working speed

360 km/h = 100 m/s =224 mphPressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid
DOT 5.1 brake fluid
Electrical Data

7

Supply voltage

10 to 16 V
max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W

Power consumption Relay

170 W

Power consumption Electronics

8W

InputsFeatures

4 active wheel speed DF11i, DF11S or DF11V
 Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit) Generic wiring harness to fit all engine bay andfront foot well locations for the hydraulic module

11 adjustment settings Same ABS hardware as standard ABS M5 Kit
The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is developed for the operation in front-, rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A generic wiring harness is included in the kit. This enables us to provide the kit with a significantly reduced price in comparison to the standard ABS M5
Kit with individual loom.
The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is specifically adapted for
motorsport use. Individual car parameters like e.g.
vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel
circumferences, wheel base or number of increments
can be calibrated with software free of charge.
Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10
sensor)ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 12)
Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR
Content of Kit and Weights
Hydraulic unit

1,910 g2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Yaw/acceleration sensor

60 g

12 position function switch

50 g

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

50 g/each

ABS warning light (MIL)

50 gStandard wiring harness

1,540 gMounting and vibration-damping boards

80 g
212 g

Serial housing, dust- and damp-proof

Mounting board for hydraulicunit

Vibration damped circuit board

Optional Accessories

38 pin connector

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-02

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-03

2 brake circuits (front and rear)

Display DDU 10

F02U.V02.659-02

2 hydraulic high pressures pumps

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F02U.V00.335-03

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit

2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS | 309

Communication

Ordering Information

ABS and Yaw rate sensor

CAN1

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

DF11i, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.291-01

Legal Restrictions

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Order number F02U.V05.292-01

DF11i, 1 Mbaud
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.293-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.294-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.295-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.296-01

7310 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup

38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Weight

1,910 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Max. working speed

360 km/h = 100 m/s =224 mphPressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid7

DOT 5.1 brake fluid
Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage

10 to 16 V, max. 24 V for 5 min Plug & Play ABS M5 Kit for Porsche 997 Cup
and 991 Cup Gen 1 and Gen 2

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption pump

230 W

 Tested and developed on racetracks like Spa
and Nordschleife

Power consumption relay

170 W

Power consumption electronics

8W

 Detailed installation instruction available at our
websiteInputs 1 Mbaud CAN

2 brake pressure (front brake circuit, rear brake circuit)

The ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup is a derivative of thesuccessful ABS M5 kit and specifically designed for
Porsche 997 Cup and 991 Cup. A vehicle specificwiring harness is included in the kit. Individual car
parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track,wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or
number of increments can be calibrated with software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch
Motorsport dealer for further information.

4 active wheel speed DF11
Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
12 position function switch:• 11 maps preconfigured• 1 switch position for ABS
function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)CAN channels: see manual

Technical Specifications

Optional Accessories

Variations

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-02

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-03

997 Cup (System
DF11S)

991 Cup (System
DF11i)

4 wheel speed
sensors

Included, Porsche
specific DF11S

Not included, series
sensors fit

Content of Kit

ABS warning light(MIL)

Included

Included (LED type)

Holder for Hydraulic unit

See Variations

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Included

4 Wheel speed sensors

See Variations

Fuses

Not included

Included

Holder for Hydraulicunit

Included, standard

Included, Porsche
specific

Hydraulic unit

2 pressure sensors
MM5.10 acceleration sensor
Vibrations damping board foracceleration sensor

Mechanical Data

12 position function switch

Hydraulic unit

ABS warning light (MIL)

Vibration damped circuit board

Specific wiring harness

See Variations

Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS | 311

Brake pipe fittings

See Variations

Legal Restrictions

Fuses

See Variations

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Fuse mounting bracket
Required Content
Brake pipes not included, available at Bosch Motorsport dealer
Communication
CAN via MSA Box II

Ordering Information
ABS M5 Kit Porsche 997 Cup
Order number F02U.V05.289-20
ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 1

2015 Model Year
Order number F02U.V05.289-18
ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 2

2017 Model Year
Order number F02U.V05.289-19

7

312 | Brake | Electronic Brake System EBSElectronic Brake System EBSElectrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16 V
max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Max. peak at start<165 A

Current consumption Pump

<40 A

Current consumption Relay<16.5 A

Power consumption Electronics<1.5 A

Inputs
1 x PWM Target (Pressure or Torque)
1 x PWM input calliper pressure
1 x CAN1; 500 k or 1 Mb selectable
1 x CAN1 DC (Daisy Chain)
EBS function switch 6 positions via CAN1

7

Outputs
EBS warning light (MIL) via CAN1
Features

EBS diagnostic via CAN1

 Suitable for one axle use

Optional Accessories / Spare Parts

We developed EBS for the operation in electric or
hybrid vehicles on one axle. A vehicle specific wiring
harness can be purchased (vehicle specific definitionis needed).
The EBS is specifically adapted for motorsport use.
Individual car parameters like e.g. brake pads friction can be calibrated with software free of charge.
Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Mounting board for hydraulicunit (recommended)0265.Y5H. 505-01

Pressure sensor PSS-260 (2 required)0261.545.040

Rubber unit Ø 18

2260.306.017

Rubber unit Ø 23

2260.306.016

Communication interface MSA
Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Technical Specifications

Component Weights

Mechanical Data

Hydraulic unit

3,630 gHydraulic unit

2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Serial housing, dust- and damp-proof

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

300 g

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
6 hydraulic valves for inlet/outlet

Pin Configuration

1 separation backup valve

1

1 electric pump motor

UB_MR

1 hydraulic accumulator

160 bar/90 cm3...

Standard fittings

M12 x 1

13

GND_MRSize

176 x 144 x 157 mm

14

CAN1M

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

15

CAN1M-DC

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms...

Max. working pressure

130 bar; max. recommended
locking pressure 120 bar

25

UB_VR

26

CAN1P

up to 2,000 bar/s

27

CAN1P-DC28

WAU_INMax. pressure gradient
Pressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid
DOT 5.1 brake fluid

...
31
...

PWM GndBrake | Electronic Brake System EBS | 313

33

Installation Notes

PWM 5 V...
36

P_Target_PWM

37

P Caliper PWM in

38

GND_ECU

Maintenance Interval (brake fluid change, bleeding): 220 h or a maximum of two years.
The load on the hydraulic unit in racing is muchhigher than in pure road operation, therefore werecommend a replacement of the unit after one
year.

Communication
Legal Restrictions
EBS

CAN1

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Electronic Brake System EBS
Order number F02U.V02.900-01

Dimensions

7

314 | Brake | Electronic Brake System EBS

7

Software8

Analysis

316

API

318

System Configuration

319

Customer Code Area

320

Scrutineering

321

Simulation322

316 | Software | Analysis

Analysis Tool WinDarab V7

One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)
Regression lines, user defined lines
Lap reports and lap based comparisonsReplay offline data in realtime
Advanced Analysis
User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization
User Interface

8

Features

Flexible display setup and arrangement
Storable display setup and arrangement

 State of the art user interface, versatile diagrams

Lap browser

 Numerous analysis functions

Direct data input without intermediate hardware Customizable mathematical channels and filters

Data Transmission
Protection/encryption of logged data files
ASCII import and export

 Software based license without dongle

License System License Troubleshooting

Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations

WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring andanalyzing of logged data and is specially designed
for motorsport use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry and compare logged data by readingout your data logger. WinDarab V7 features a state of
the art user interface and reads out both engine andchassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version depending on your purpose.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsport engineers.

Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 1 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Technical Specifications
Variations

Application

Free

ExpertDiagrams

Max. open files

4

unlimited

Oscilloscope

Max. measuring data windows2

unlimitedMax. areas in measuring data
windows

4

unlimited

Histogram++

x/y-plot++

Distribution++

min/max-tables++

Fourier-transformation++

X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands
Histogram
3D-diagram
Analysis
Overlay of different laps
Time or distance based analysis
Absolute and relative values

Software | Analysis | 317

Outing report++

Legal Restrictions

Lap analysis-+

Flowcharts-+

Instrument panel++

User defined physical units++

The sale of this Software Tool in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this Software
Tool in Russia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North
Korea is prohibited.

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS++

ASCII export++

Available operators for mathchannels.

+, -, *, /, ^,sqr (x), sqrt (x)All

Extras settings/comments-+

Desktop load/save++Telemetry++

Programming interface (API)

-

Opt.

Ordering Information
WinDarab Free Version
Order number free download at our homepage
WinDarab Expert
Order number F02U.V01.308-01
Software Options
Software licence COM-API for WinDarab Expert
Order number F02U.V01.682-01
Yearly maintenance
Order number F02U.V01.345-01

Installation Notes
Yearly maintenance is recommended, no components to replace.

8318 | Software | API

COM-API for WinDarab Expert• Marked/Tagged range
Users can also compile their application as a WinDarab Plugin. This allows custom buttons and menus
on the WinDarab Ribbon. Apart from plugins, applications using COM-API are out of process communication.
COM-API can create new measurement files• A 3rd party application/plugin can use the UserDataFile class tocreate new measurement files with application generated channel data.
• Files created with the new API are written in WinDarab fileformat v2 which is supported since WinDarab v7.6.
• A brief example how to write a file can be found in the BMS2ApiSamples.Net project, see the source in CreateUserDataFile.cs.

8

Features Gives external tools access to WinDarab functionalities
Using COM-API allows some control over WinDarab:• Attaching to or creating new instances of WinDarab Application• Data Domain (opened files and overlays)• Cursor position – View range

The application of COM-API requires the Expert-version of WinDarab, it doesn’t work with the Free-version.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this Software Tool in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this Software
Tool in Russia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North
Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
COM-API for WinDarab Expert

Yearly License
Order number F02U.V01.682-01

Software | System Configuration | 319

System Configuration Tool
RaceCon

Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use
Technical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM

8Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
Features An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration
RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport
hardware products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch
Motorsport MSA-Box interface.
Application
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download

VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Recommended Operating System: Windows 10
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this Software Tool in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this Software
Tool in Russia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North
Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information

Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs

System Configuration Tool RaceCon
Order number free download at our homepage

320 | Software | Customer Code Area

CCA Development Environment

Development Environment with reduced Bosch “unit_blockset”
Real time calibration
Calibration and measurement interface XCP via Ethernet
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all ECUs and VCUs
Free maintenance for the first 12 month, afterwards with costs.
System Requirements
MathWorks Requirements
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

MATLAB R2018b
Simulink R2018b
MATLAB Coder
Embedded Coder
Simulink CoderStateflow
Compiler for Mathworks
Microsoft Visual C++ 2017

Operating System

8

Features Calculation directly in Bosch main device possible
 Communication binding via Software free cuts

•
•
•
•
•
•

Windows 10
Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 Redistributable (x64)
Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Redistributable (x86)
Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Redistributable (x64)
Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0, 3.5.1, 4.8
Microsoft Excel 2016(32bit) or Office365(64bit)

DocGen Unlimited bandwidth interfaces• basic-miktex-21.2-x64.exe from https://miktex.org/download

 One Box Design (compact solution, no extra
weight)Additional (not included)

We provide the option to run software code on our
ECUs that has been developed by the customer. This
code is run in the customer code area (CCA) and isprotected against access of anyone else. Within
ECUs and VCUs, this feature can be run in parallel to
all further functionality.
We deliver it with a full environment for Matlab/Simulink, a compiled Bosch model as library and apackage of Matlab/Simulink interfaces to all I/Os.
Technical Specifications
General Functions
Support for generating executables that include algorithm, devicedriver and real-time operating system
Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous) tasks, task pre-emption and temporary task overruns

Multi CCA for VCU
Enables the use of an extra core to utilize more computing powerin the device for running a second customer model
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this Software Tool in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this Software
Tool in Russia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North
Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
CCA Development Environment
Order number F02U.V02.370-01
Multi CCA Development Environment for VCU
Order number F02U.V03.223-01

Environment for Matlab/Simulink

Multi CCA Hardware Upgrade VCU per device
Order number F02U.V03.222-01

Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers

Software Options

Full read access to all Bosch signals

CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01

Software | Scrutineering | 321

Scrutineering Configurator and
Tool

Scrutineering Tool standalone
If you do not need the configurator and only want towork with the scrutineering tool (e.g. marshal orteam), you can order the tool separately. You willneed a license number to activate the tool, which we
provide free of charge.
Technical Specifications
PC Environment
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Installation Notes
Software license valid for the duration of one year from activation.
If the license is not renewed after that, further use is not possible.

Features

Initial minimum purchase quantity is 3 licenses, after one year
there is no minimum purchase quantity anymore.

 Verification of the ECU software content

Legal Restrictions

 State of the art Hash algorithm SHA-256

The sale of this Software Tool in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this Software
Tool in Russia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North
Korea is prohibited.

The Scrutineering Configurator and Tool is a software package developed for teams and OEMs to validate the software content of Bosch Motorsport
ECUs.
The Scrutineering Configurator creates the reference
file required to check the software status of a control unit. All you need is a template file and the
Bosch control unit prepared with the correct software. The template file can be configured and isprovided by Bosch, please contact Bosch.
The Scrutineering Tool checks the content of a control unit against the reference file.

Ordering Information
Scrutineering Configurator and Tool

Please contact us for Software Download.
Order number F02U.V03.072-01
Scrutineering Tool standalone

Please contact us for Software Download (free ofcharge).
Order number F02U.V03.071-01

8

322 | Software | Simulation

Simulation Tool LapSim

Application
Data Analysis
Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models. Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differentialfunction, etc.
Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation
model.
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thoroughunderstanding.
By comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Filesand creates automatic database.
Chassis Simulation model

8

Features

Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.

 Professional Simulation Tool

Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential

 Free / Chassis / Engine Versions available

3D aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics

 Find the Operation Manual here.

Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car Find the Installation Manual here.

(PVI - 3 GHz)

LapSim Chassis
is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, amuch more profound analysis of the vehicle behavior
can be gained. Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle parameters can be validated likeaerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as wellas driver performance. The visualization of thevehicle behavior creates a much easier and better
understanding of the influence of several vehicle
parameters on the performance independent of thetechnical background of the user.
LapSim Engine
supplies an easy to use engine simulation package
capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding ignition curves out of the main parametersof an engine. The model is able to simulate any 4stroke spark ignition (SI) race engine currently seenon the market, with or without air restrictor(s). To
summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95 %accuracy but 5 % the effort of complex engine software packages. The engine software avoids a vast
number of variables in order to define every engine
detail, in order to improve usability as well as computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Automatic set-up optimization
Engine Simulation modelEngine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition
angle
Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor
2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression
ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in
cylinderFully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft,which is integrated to calculate engine torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this Software Tool in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this Software
Tool in Russia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North
Korea is prohibited.

Software | Simulation | 323

Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Free Version
Order number free download at our homepage
LapSim Chassis License
Order number B261.206.432-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F01T.A20.057-01

Dimensions

8

A few Screenshots

324 | Software | Simulation

Simulation Packages

Technical Specifications
Recommended Operation System Windows 10, min. Update Version 1803
Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements

8

Features

CCA S.P.*

Device S.P.*

MATLAB R2018bx

Simulinkx

Real-Time Workshop

xReal-Time Workshop Embedded Coderx

Fixed-Point Toolboxx

Simulink Fixed-Pointx

StateflowxStateflow Coderx

Vehicle Network Toolboxx

Min. PTWinSim 4.09

x

x

x

x

x

x

Compiler Simulate Bosch model and Customer model together in the same simulation environment
 Develop Bosch Motorsport control systems(ECU/VCU) in a simulation environment withother plant models (e.g. tire, ABS) Enables use of Bosch models (via PTWinSim) inother simulation environments like rFpro
 Execute your control system faster than realtime on a Windows 10 PC
 Perform real-time analysis on telemetry streams
or other data sources
These simulation packages allow customers that use
Bosch Motorsport control systems to simulate thefunctionality without using the hardware. These
packages enable the user to run Bosch Motorsportand customer code area functions within the PTWinSim® environment.
PTWinSim® provides a framework and supporting
functionality enabling several applications to executein a coherent time frame on a variety of hosts.
Applications ranging from Engine Control Unit code
to vehicle system models with complex control algorithms are simply adapted for the simulation environment. Furthermore, with WinDarab COM API,
Bosch Motorsport customers can use WinDarab datasets as stimuli and logging for their simulated control system.
Device Simulation Runtime provides the runtime licenses to run a Bosch Motorsport simulation package within PTWinSim®. This requires an individual
and project specific simulation software, whichneeds to be ordered separately.
CCA Simulation Package also provides the option forusers of CCA to generate their own simulation software. Device Simulation Runtime is included.

Microsoft Visual Studio,
Version 2017
Application tool
RaceCon 2.7 or later*S.P.: Simulation Package
Legal Restrictions

The sale of this Software Tool in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this Software
Tool in Russia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North
Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
CCA Simulation Package

CCA Simulation development target to build andexecute customer code.
Including 1 Device Simulation Runtime licenseand 1 year maintenance.
Order number F02U.V02.893-01
Device Simulation Runtime

Device Simulation Runtime license to execute
simulation on a PC and 1 year maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.891-01
CCA Simulation Package Annual Maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.892-01
Device Simulation Runtime Annual Maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.890-01

More

9

Breakout Boxes

326

Communication Interface

332

Connector Opening Tool333

Connectors

334

Wiring Harnesses335

326 | More | Breakout Boxes

Overview

9

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors

More | Breakout Boxes | 327

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connectors and Wires
F02U.V02.295-01 code blue
Connector on housing

AS018-35PB

Connector on wire

AS618-35SB

F02U.V02.296-01 code orange
Connector on housing

AS018-35PC

Connector on wire

AS618-35SC

F02U.V02.297-01 code red
Connector on housing

AS018-35PN

Connector on wire

AS618-35SN

F02U.V02.298-01 code yellow
Connector on housing

AS018-35PA

Connector on wire

AS618-35SA

F02U.V02.299-01 code violet(universal)
Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.

Connector on housing

AS018-35PU

Connector on wire

AS618-35SU

Wire length L (all)Ca. 50 cm

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: orange
Order number F02U.V02.296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.297-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: violet (universal use)
Order number F02U.V02.299-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB 66-poleTechnical Specifications

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01

Mechanical Data

Breakout Box BOB 66-poleSize

225 x 130 x 35 mm

Connector code: yellow

Weight1,100 gOrder number F02U.V02.298-01

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

66

9328 | More | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 270 x 50 mm

Weight4,100 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

176

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

USB connectors

2

USB jumper

inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Legal Restrictions

9

Features

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

 Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging

Ordering Information

 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring
leads

Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F02U.V02.294-01

 Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use withEngine Control Units MS 6.

More | Breakout Boxes | 329

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
the LIFE connector of Engine Control Units MS 7 andVehicle Control Unit VCU.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

9

330 | More | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

255 x 220 x 45 mm

Weight2,400 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

68

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

9

Features

Ordering Information

 Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F02U.V02.292-01

 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
PowerBox PBX 90.

More | Breakout Boxes | 331

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 265 x 50 mm

Weight5,800 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

112

Ethernet connectors

8

Ethernet wire

4 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 4 x 55 cm

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Features

Ordering Information

 Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190
Order number F02U.V02.523-01

 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
PowerBox PBX 190.

9

332 | More | Communication Interface

Com Interface MSA-Box II

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board
mains with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed(480 MBit/sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Connectors and Wires

Features9 Communication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface
The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or
CAN interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to
all common PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected
via Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis
interface.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connector
AS612-35PN

F02U.000.441-01

Mating connector
AS012-35SN

F02U.000.258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Legal Restrictions

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Ordering Information

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Com Interface MSA-Box II
Order number F02U.V00.327-03

More | Connector Opening Tool | 333

Connector Opening Tool for AS
seriesFeatures Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors
The Connector Opening Tool helps you to open connectors of ECUs like MS 7.4.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Material

Stainless steel

Legal Restrictions
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Opening tool for shellsize 16
Order number F02U.V01.393-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01

9334 | More | Connectors

Connectors

Features Bosch Jetronic and Compact connectors inclusive contacts and sealings
 Autosport connectors from Deutsch, Tyco, etc.
 Connectors with 3 to 128 pins
Convenient to the Wiring Harnesses, we have a wide
range of connectors on offer.
From single pin and Bosch series connectors above
TE-connectors to Deutsch-motorsport connectors,
you can choose from a big variation.
You can get from us different Deutsch-motorsport
connectors of the series AS, ASL, ASU, ASX and
ASDD. According to the series, these are 3 to 128pin connectors.
At Bosch connectors you can choose from connectors of the Jetronic or Compact series. Furthermore
you receive convenient contacts and sealings to ourBosch-connectors.
If you are interested, give us a call!
Legal Restrictions

9

Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

More | Wiring Harnesses | 335

Customized Wiring Harnesses

Features One-stop-shop for consulting, manufacturing,development and service
 Manufacture of individual pieces and small
batches Use of the highest quality materials
 Full test coverage based on the latest testing
equipment for all products
 The complete package, from a single pin to acomplete wiring harness

Our expertise
Bosch Motorsport specialists have decades of experience in design and manufacture of customized wiring solutions for race cars and prototypes.
Increasing complexity in race cars necessitates ahigh degree of understanding in the electrical architecture of the project. We provide to you the extensive system know-how and the expertise of our specialists.
As a system supplier, we are familiar with the full
spectrum of electronic requirements of the components in a racecar – from high current and highvoltage applications to high-speed data networks.
Our offer
Whether it is complete vehicle wiring, test equipment or a simple adapter – we design, plan, construct and test according to your individual requirements and requests.
If you want to build your wiring yourself, we also offer consulting and development support independently from our manufacturing services.
Give us a call!
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Due to embargo restrictions, sale of this product inRussia, Belarus, Iran, Syria, and North Korea is prohibited.

9336 | More | Wiring Harnesses

9Appendix

10

General Information

338

Vibration Profiles339

338 | Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport
Please be mindful of the specifications concerning
ESD. Never grab into the connectors. Please follow
the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD
packaging materials).
Service
To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch
Motorsport recommends annual functional testing of
all equipment.

10

Battery
Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries.
Please use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal procedure is followed. Abide by the
maintenance cycle schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport recommends maintenanceonce a year.
Installation
The correct installation extends reliability and durability. Please follow the specifications regarding temperature, humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 339

Sine: 8h/direction
Alteration rate of frequency: 2.4 oct./min

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s2)

100

50
200

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s ) /Hz

180

20

50.4

250

200

55

26.0

350

60

180

1.0

2,000

60

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Effective value aEff

55.4 m/s2

2 2

Sine
Accelera on peak (m/s²)

1000

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Broadband noise

100

10

100,0

100

1000

Frequency (Hz)
10,0

1,0

0,1
10

100

Frequency (Hz)

1000

10

340 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2

10Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10.0

50

10.0

66.7

1.0

100

1.0

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Broadband noise: 8h/direction

Broadband noise
100,0

10,0

1,0

0,1

0,0
10

100

Frequency (Hz)1000

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 341

Sine
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min

Vibration Profile 3

Frequency (Hz)Amplitude ofacceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.5

500

45.6

1,500

15.3

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125
Sine

Broadband noise

1000

100,0

Accelera on peak (m/s²)
Amplitude of Oscilla on (µm)

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Amplitude ofoscillation lane (μm)

10,0

1,0

0,1
10

100

Frequency (Hz)

100

1000
10
10

100

Frequency (Hz)

1000

10

342 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 4
Sine 80h/direction

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s²)

1,445

320

1,515

550

1,550

460

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s²)

1,675

500

135

55

1,710

670

250

132

1,720

690

265

170

1,780

520

300

193

1,810

500

315

46

1,900

500

500

65

1,925

448

555

400

1,975

320

570

400

600

127

Sine

10

815

127

895

356

955

156

1,165

184

1,200

256

1,350

310

1,385

470

1,420

520

Accelera on peak (m/s²)

1000

100

10
100

1000

Frequency (Hz)Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 343

Vibration Profile ShockTime (mSec)

Acceleration Density (m/s²)²/Hz

-4

-25

0

-25

3

500

6

-25

10

-25

Accelera on (m/s²)

Shock: 10 shocks (pos. and neg.) / direction
50gn 6mSec ISO 16750-3

Shock: 50gn 6mSec
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-4

-2

0

2

4

6

8

10

Time (mSec)

10344 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

10Index | 345

IconsµLC Test System............................................... 128

A
ABS M5 Kit........................................................ 305
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport ....................................... 308
ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup................................... 310
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 ............................ 295
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R ......................... 298
Acceleration Sensor MM7.10 ............................ 300
Analysis Tool WinDarab V7................................ 316

B
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole ............................... 327
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 ................................... 328
Breakout Box BOB MS 7 ................................... 329
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190.............................. 331
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90................................ 330

C
CAN Keypad CK-M12........................................... 74
CCA Development Environment ....................... 320
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light............. 79
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO .......... 82
Com Interface MSA-Box II ................................. 332
COM-API for WinDarab Expert .......................... 318
Connector Opening Tool for AS series .............. 333
Connectors ....................................................... 334
Customized Wiring Harnesses........................... 335

D
Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80 ...... 92, 115
Data Logger C 70 ................................................ 88
Diesel System Components .............................. 136
Display DDU 10................................................... 65
Display DDU 11................................................... 69

E
Electronic Brake System EBS............................ 312
Electronic Throttle Body ................................... 202
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport........................ 52
Engine Control Unit MS 6 CUP EVO .................... 13
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 EVO......................... 18
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 EVO......................... 24
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 EVO......................... 29
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 EVO......................... 35
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P EVO....................... 40
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4 ................................ 46
Engine Control Unit MS 7.8 ................................ 49
Expansion Board CAN-FD.................................. 130
Expansion Board Current Loop Interface .......... 131
Expansion Board Digital Multichannel Potentiometer............................................................ 132
Expansion Board Digital Outputs ...................... 134

F
FPR Adaptor light ............................................. 145
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2 ......................... 138

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5......................... 140
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A......................... 143
Fuel Pump FP 165 ............................................ 147
Fuel Pump FP 200-7 ......................................... 149
Fuel Pump FP 200-E ......................................... 151

G
General Information ......................................... 338

H
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5........................................ 153
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW .................................. 155
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 ............................. 198

I
Ignition Coil C90i-E10....................................... 160
Ignition Coil C90i-E8......................................... 158
Ignition Coil C90i-pro ....................................... 162
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo ................................. 164
Ignition Coil C90i-WG ....................................... 166
Ignition Coil P50/P50-M ................................... 168
Ignition Coil P65............................................... 171
Ignition Coil P65-T ............................................ 173
Ignition Coil P65-TWG ...................................... 176
Ignition Coil P65-WG ........................................ 179
Ignition Coil P65-WS......................................... 182
Ignition Coil PS-T.............................................. 185
Ignition Module IM 3.2...................................... 188
Ignition Module IM 4 ........................................ 190
Injection Power Stage HPI 5 ............................... 99
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C .................... 100
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C .................... 102
Injection Valve EV 14 ........................................ 193

K
Knock Sensor KS4-P ......................................... 231
Knock Sensor KS4-R ......................................... 233
Knock Sensor KS4-R2 ....................................... 235

L
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo.......... 241
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ................................... 238
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9............................ 244
Lambdatronic LT4............................................. 119
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV ..................................... 121

PPowerBox PBX 190 ........................................... 110
PowerBox PBX 90 ............................................. 106
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA................................ 211
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N ............................... 215
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS................................ 213
Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT ............... 248
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1/PST 3.......... 250
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4 .................... 253
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar .... 255
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar .... 257
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .......................... 218
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ........................ 220

346 |

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA ......................... 222
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .......................... 224
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140/260/420/600... 228
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R ...................... 226

R
RaceConnect .................................................... 127
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F ........................... 259

S
Scrutineering Configurator and Tool................. 321
Simulation Packages......................................... 324
Simulation Tool LapSim.................................... 322
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90 .................... 262
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di ........................ 265
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-M......................... 269
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N ......................... 271
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P .................. 273
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P sealed....... 277
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS.................... 279
System Configuration Tool RaceCon................. 319

T
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H....................... 290
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L ....................... 292
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 .......................... 288
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS ...................... 282
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS ...................... 284
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS ...................... 286

U
USB_DATA........................................................... 96

V
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4.............................. 55
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4P incl. CCA ........... 59
Vibration Profile 1............................................. 339
Vibration Profile 2............................................. 340
Vibration Profile 3............................................. 341
Vibration Profile 4............................................. 342
Vibration Profile Shock ..................................... 343

W
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter ............................. 124
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA............................... 205

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more infomation please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2023
Modifications reserved.
Bosch Part No. of this catalog: F02U.003.686-09
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on public roads is prohibited.
Please use our products exclusively on closed-course racetracks.